2013 GRAND-AM Rulebook
2013 GRAND-AM Rulebook
2013 GRAND-AM Rulebook
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
<strong>GRAND</strong> <strong>AM</strong>ERICAN ROAD RACING ASSOCIATION, LLC<br />
ONE DAYTONA BOULEVARD, DAYTONA BEACH, FL 32114<br />
(386)-310-6500, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.COM<br />
ROGER BAILEY<br />
Chief Appellate Officer<br />
ED BENNETT<br />
President & Chief Executive Officer<br />
KOURTNEY BIGELOW<br />
Legal Counsel<br />
RICHARD BUCK<br />
Managing Director, Competition<br />
MARK RAFFAUF<br />
Managing Director, Racing Operations<br />
GABRIEL CADRINGHER<br />
Managing Director, Technical Regulations and Development<br />
HERB BRANH<strong>AM</strong><br />
Managing Director, Communications<br />
PAUL WALTER<br />
Race Director<br />
MARY SUAREZ<br />
Director of Member Services<br />
DAVID PETTIT<br />
Director of Partnership Marketing<br />
STEVE HARRISON<br />
Director of Business Development<br />
GARY CUMMINGS<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car Series Manager<br />
JEFF SMALLWOOD<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Continental Tire Sports Car Challenge Series<br />
Manager<br />
MIKE KRAEMER<br />
Competition Senior Project Manager<br />
ROB ELSON<br />
Technical Manager<br />
TOM SEABOLT<br />
Race Operations Manager<br />
DON ABBOTT<br />
Chief Scorer<br />
Copyright by Grand American Road Racing Association, LLC. All rights reserved.<br />
Reproduction or redistribution in and form without permission are strictly prohibited.
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
FOREWORD<br />
These are exciting times in sports car racing.<br />
Back in September, the landmark merger of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Road<br />
Racing and the American Le Mans Series was announced at<br />
Daytona International Speedway. Both series will combine their<br />
banners in 2014 when we operate as a unified series, a move that<br />
has attracted the attention of the international motorsports community.<br />
With the unification as a backdrop, we are embarking on another<br />
competitive season. We look forward to competing at Circuit of The<br />
Americas, Kansas Speedway and Road Atlanta for the first time in<br />
addition to returning to many of America’s finest venues.<br />
The <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> <strong>Rulebook</strong> contains the rules and procedures<br />
governing <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s Rolex Sports Car Series and Continental<br />
Tire Sports Car Challenge. Revisions include the new Rolex Series<br />
GX class. We urge you to carefully study the new <strong>Rulebook</strong>, in order<br />
to familiarize yourself with these revisions as well as the rules which<br />
have not changed.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will continue to strive for a balanced playing field, with<br />
a full starting field of various car makes and models in each race<br />
that are as equally matched as possible. To maintain proper<br />
balance, it may be necessary to make occasional rule changes<br />
and/or modifications to ensure the proper balance in the competition<br />
arena.<br />
We all at <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> wish all of you a successful and rewarding<br />
year of racing.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Road Racing continues to strive to make sports car<br />
road racing highly competitive, affordable and entertaining for<br />
racing fans and competitors. One of the tools that we use for this<br />
purpose is the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> <strong>Rulebook</strong>, which contains the rules and<br />
iii
procedures governing all <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> sanctioned on-track activities.<br />
In <strong>2013</strong>, the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> <strong>Rulebook</strong> has been revised in several<br />
respects. We urge you to carefully study the new <strong>Rulebook</strong> in order<br />
to familiarize yourself with these revisions, as well as the rules that<br />
have not changed. If you have any questions or need rules clarifications,<br />
please contact a Senior <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official.<br />
In keeping with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s commitment to maintain proper<br />
balance in the competition arena, it may be necessary for <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> to make rule changes and/or rule modifications from<br />
time-to-time. Such changes are designed to enhance close competition.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s goal of a full starting field of various car makes<br />
and models in each race that are as equally matched as possible is<br />
in the overall best interest of the sport. That is what <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> has<br />
strived for in the past and will continue to strive for in the future.<br />
We all at <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> wish all of you a successful and rewarding<br />
year of racing.<br />
Ed Bennett<br />
President & CEO
TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />
Page<br />
SPORTING REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 – GENERAL RULES PROCEDURE<br />
1-1 Applicability ......................................................................2<br />
1-2 Amendments.....................................................................2<br />
1-3 Definitions and Terms .......................................................2<br />
1-4 Interpreting and Applying the Regulations .......................5<br />
1-5 Interpretation and Application ..........................................5<br />
1-6 Principle Rule....................................................................6<br />
1-7 Submission to the Regulations.........................................6<br />
SECTION 2 – MEMBERSHIP<br />
2-1 Authority ...........................................................................6<br />
2-2 Reservation of Rights .......................................................7<br />
2-3 Membership Requirement ................................................7<br />
2-4 Application Procedure ......................................................7<br />
2-5 Eligibility Requirements ....................................................8<br />
2-6 Credentials........................................................................9<br />
2-7 Member Status .................................................................9<br />
2-8 Member Conduct............................................................11<br />
2-9 Entrant Obligations .........................................................12<br />
2-10 Substance Abuse Policy.................................................13<br />
SECTION 3 – ADMINISTRATION OF EVENTS<br />
3-1 Event ..............................................................................15<br />
3-2 Safety..............................................................................16<br />
3.3 Testing Policy..................................................................18<br />
3-3 Event Entry .....................................................................19<br />
3-4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Officials ......................................................20<br />
3-5 Identification Markings ...................................................21<br />
SECTION 4 – FLAGS AND COMMUNICATION<br />
4-1 On-Track Communication...............................................22<br />
4-2 Black ...............................................................................22<br />
4-3 Black with Orange Disc ..................................................22<br />
4-4 Black & White Checkered...............................................22<br />
4-5 Blue or Blue with Orange Diagonal ................................22<br />
4-6 Green ..............................................................................23<br />
4-7 Red .................................................................................23<br />
4-8 Yellow..............................................................................23<br />
4-9 Yellow with Red Stripes..................................................23<br />
4-10 White...............................................................................23<br />
SECTION 5 – PADDOCK, PITS & ROAD<br />
5-1 Paddock..........................................................................23<br />
5-2 Pit Lane...........................................................................24<br />
SECTION 6 – CONDUCT OF EVENTS<br />
6-1 Technical Inspection .......................................................28<br />
6-2 Qualifying ........................................................................30<br />
v
6-3 Fan Walk .........................................................................32<br />
6-4 Pre-Race.........................................................................33<br />
6-5 Race Start and Restart Procedures................................33<br />
6-6 Race Interruption (Red Flag)...........................................34<br />
6-7 Mandatory Pit Stops.......................................................35<br />
6-8 Drive Time Restrictions...................................................35<br />
6-9 Race Completion ............................................................35<br />
6-10 On-Tracks Rules .............................................................35<br />
6-11 Safety Car.......................................................................36<br />
6-12 Standard Full Course Yellow ..........................................36<br />
6-13 Pass-Around and Pit Stops............................................36<br />
6-14 Wave-By and End of Operation......................................38<br />
6-15 Restart ............................................................................39<br />
6-16 Short Full Course Yellow ................................................39<br />
6.17 Pass-Around and Pit Stops............................................39<br />
6-18 Wave-By and End of Operation......................................40<br />
6.19 Extended Full Course Yellow..........................................40<br />
6.20 Wave-By and End of Operation......................................41<br />
6.21 Competition Penalties ....................................................41<br />
SECTION 7 – REQUIRED EQUIPMENT<br />
7-1 Fueling Rig......................................................................42<br />
7-2 Driver ID Transmitters .....................................................44<br />
7-3 Safety Light System .......................................................44<br />
SECTION 8 – DISCIPLINARY ACTION<br />
8-1 Penalty ............................................................................44<br />
8-2 General Administration ...................................................45<br />
8-3 Timing and Scoring Results ...........................................45<br />
8-4 Protest ............................................................................46<br />
8-5 Appeal.............................................................................47<br />
8-6 Appeal to the Chief Appellate Officer.............................48<br />
SECTION 9 – PRIZES, POINT FUNDS AND AWARDS<br />
9-1 Sole Authority .................................................................50<br />
9-2 Event Prizes ....................................................................50<br />
9-3 Point Funds.....................................................................50<br />
9-4 Championship.................................................................50<br />
9-5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Driver Championships................................51<br />
9-6 Measurement ..................................................................52<br />
9-7 Ties .................................................................................52<br />
9-8 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Manufacturer Championships....................52<br />
9-9 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Team Championships ................................53<br />
GENERAL AUTOMOBILE REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 – INTRODUCTION<br />
1-1 Eligibility .........................................................................57<br />
1-2 Measurements ............................................................... 57<br />
1-3 Equivalence Formula ..................................................... 57<br />
vi
SECTION 2 - BODYWORK REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Bodywork .......................................................................58<br />
2-2 Rear Wing ...................................................................... 59<br />
2-3 Bodywork Pins............................................................... 59<br />
2-4 Windshield Wiper........................................................... 59<br />
2-5 Lights ............................................................................. 59<br />
2-6 Windshield/Rear Glass ...................................................59<br />
SECTION 3 - ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
3-1 General Engine Eligibility ............................................... 60<br />
3-2 Pistons/Rods ................................................................. 61<br />
3-3 Cylinder Heads .............................................................. 61<br />
3-4 Crankshaft .................................................................... 61<br />
3-5 Camshaft, Valve Lifter and Rocker Arms ...................... 61<br />
3-6 Engine Air Restrictors .....................................................61<br />
SECTION 4 - ELECTRICAL<br />
4-1 Ignition System ..............................................................61<br />
4-2 Electrical System ........................................................... 62<br />
4-3 Traction Control ..............................................................62<br />
4-4 Traction Control ECU Control.........................................63<br />
SECTION 5 - COOLING<br />
5-1 Cooling System ..............................................................63<br />
SECTION 6 - ENGINE LUBRICATION/DRY SUMP<br />
6-1 Oil Reservoir Tank ..........................................................63<br />
SECTION 7 - EXHAUST<br />
7-1 Exhaust System..............................................................63<br />
SECTION 8 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
8-1 Drive Train.......................................................................64<br />
8-2 AGS (Paddleshift) Systems.............................................64<br />
8-2 Artificial Heating..............................................................64<br />
SECTION 9 - WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
9-1 Official Tire - Rolex Series ..............................................64<br />
9-2 Official Tire – Continental Tire Sports Car Challenge.....64<br />
9-3 Control ............................................................................65<br />
9-4 Responsibility .................................................................65<br />
9-5 Artificial Heating..............................................................65<br />
9-6 Tire Air Pressure ............................................................65<br />
9-7 Carbon fiber wheels........................................................63<br />
9-8 Wheel Attachment ..........................................................63<br />
9-9 Wheel Diameter ............................................................. 63<br />
SECTION 10 - CHASSIS<br />
10-1 Suspension ....................................................................63<br />
10-2 Steering ......................................................................... 67<br />
10-3 Frame & Roll Cage ........................................................ 67<br />
10-4 Air Jacks ........................................................................ 68<br />
10-5 Car Weight/Ballast......................................................... 68<br />
SECTION 11 - BRAKES<br />
11-1 Brakes.............................................................................68<br />
vii
11-2 Brake Cooling System................................................... 69<br />
SECTION 12 - FUEL/FUEL CELLS<br />
12-1 Official Fuel .....................................................................69<br />
12-2 Sampling....................................................................... 69<br />
12-3 Fuel Handling................................................................. 69<br />
12-4 Fuel Cell/Fillers/Vents .................................................... 69<br />
12-5 Fuel Lines ...................................................................... 71<br />
12-6 Fuel Pumps.................................................................... 71<br />
12-7 Fuel Capacity................................................................. 71<br />
SECTION 13 - DATA ACQUISITION/RECORDING<br />
13-1 Telemetry .......................................................................71<br />
13-2 Data Acquisition ............................................................ 71<br />
13-3 Radios............................................................................ 72<br />
13-4 Transmitter..................................................................... 72<br />
13-5 Data Recording.............................................................. 72<br />
13-6 Accident Data Recorders ...............................................73<br />
SECTION 14 - IDENTIFICATION AND MARKINGS<br />
14-1 Competition Numbers ....................................................73<br />
14-2 Logos and Brand marks................................................ 74<br />
14-3 Rig Identification............................................................ 75<br />
SECTION 15 - SAFETY EQUIPMENT<br />
15-1 Driver Equipment ............................................................75<br />
15-2 Fire Extinguishers .......................................................... 77<br />
15-3 Towing Eyes....................................................................78<br />
15-4 Delphi Safety Light System ............................................78<br />
15-5 In-Car T.V. Camera..........................................................78<br />
SECTION 16 - FINAL TEXT<br />
16-1 Final Text.........................................................................79<br />
SECTION 17 - ROLL CAGE DIAGR<strong>AM</strong><br />
SECTION 18 - WINDSHIELD BRACE DIAGR<strong>AM</strong><br />
DAYTONA PROTOTYPE REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION<br />
1-1 Classifications ................................................................82<br />
1-2 Competition ....................................................................82<br />
1-3 Eligibility..........................................................................82<br />
1-4 Daytona Prototype Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 ...................83<br />
1-5 Additional Specifications ................................................83<br />
SECTION 2 - BODYWORK<br />
2-1 Bodywork........................................................................83<br />
2-2 Headlights...................................................................... 85<br />
2-3 Aerodynamic Devices – Ducts – Vents - Louvers ........ 86<br />
SECTION 3 – WEIGHT<br />
3-1 Minimum Weight.............................................................88<br />
SECTION 4 – ENGINE ELIGIBILITY AND MODIFICATIONS<br />
4-1 Eligibility........................................................................ 89<br />
4-2 General Engine Requirements...................................... 89<br />
viii
4-3 Detailed Engine Requirements ..................................... 90<br />
SECTION 5 –DRIVETRAIN<br />
5-1 Approved Models ...........................................................91<br />
5-2 Clutch/Flywheel ..............................................................91<br />
5-3 Maximum Forward Gears ...............................................91<br />
5-4 Sequential Gear Change ................................................91<br />
5-5 Gear Ratios.................................................................... 91<br />
5-6 Bell Housing .................................................................. 91<br />
5-7 Axle Retention ................................................................91<br />
5-8 Attenuator .......................................................................92<br />
SECTION 6 – WHEELS & TIRES<br />
6-1 Official Tire......................................................................92<br />
6-2 Tire Control .....................................................................92<br />
6-3 Tire Testing......................................................................93<br />
6-4 Wheels ............................................................................93<br />
SECTION 7 –SUSPENSION<br />
7-1 Design.............................................................................94<br />
7-2 Rear Suspension ........................................................... 94<br />
7-3 Active Suspension ......................................................... 94<br />
7-4 Shock Absorbers ........................................................... 94<br />
SECTION 8 – CHASSIS/BODY DIMENSIONS<br />
8-1 Basic Dimensions ...........................................................95<br />
SECTION 9 - BRAKES<br />
9-1 Rotors .............................................................................95<br />
9-2 Calipers.......................................................................... 96<br />
9-3 Brake Hat....................................................................... 96<br />
9-4 Rolex 24 Brake Systems ................................................96<br />
9-5 DP Brake Systems..........................................................96<br />
SECTION 10 – FUEL SYSTEM<br />
10-1 Specification ...................................................................96<br />
10-2 Location......................................................................... 97<br />
10-3 Fueling ........................................................................... 97<br />
10-4 Fuel Capacity................................................................. 97<br />
SECTION 11 - TELEMETRY/DATA RECORDING<br />
11-1 Data Recorder.................................................................97<br />
SECTION 12 - IDENTIFICATION<br />
12-1 Car Identification ............................................................97<br />
12-2 Engine Identification .......................................................98<br />
SECTION 13 - SAFETY EQUIPMENT<br />
13-1 Fire Extinguishers ...........................................................98<br />
13-2 Wheel Tethers .................................................................99<br />
GT REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 - General Class Explanation and Purpose<br />
1-1 Purpose .......................................................................102<br />
1-2 Specifications................................................................102<br />
1-3 Categories.....................................................................102<br />
ix
SECTION 2 - GENERAL ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Eligibility .......................................................................102<br />
2-2 Engine Location........................................................... 103<br />
2-3 General Engine Requirements .................................... 103<br />
2-4 Exhaust Systems......................................................... 105<br />
2-5 Cylinder Heads .............................................................105<br />
2-6 Camshaft, Valve Lifter, and Rocker Arms.....................105<br />
2-7 Intake Manifold .............................................................105<br />
2-8 Air Cleaner, and Air Intake............................................105<br />
2-9 Electrical System ..........................................................105<br />
2-10 Radiator ....................................................................... 105<br />
SECTION 3 - CAR BODY REQUIREMENTS<br />
3-1 Bodywork - (Prep 1)......................................................106<br />
3-2 Bodywork - Prep 2)...................................................... 107<br />
3-3 Dash/Installed Components......................................... 109<br />
3-4 Windows ...................................................................... 109<br />
3-5 Floor............................................................................. 110<br />
3-6 Rear Wing .................................................................... 111<br />
3-7 Front Splitter/Air Dam................................................... 111<br />
3-8 Air Inlets ....................................................................... 111<br />
3-9 Lighting......................................................................... 112<br />
SECTION 4 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
4-1 Drive Train (Prep 1) ..................................................... 112<br />
4-2 Drive Train (Prep 2) ..................................................... 112<br />
4-3 Clutch/Flywheel.............................................................113<br />
4-4 Maximum forward gears ...............................................113<br />
4-5 Bell housing/Adapter Plate............................................113<br />
4-6 Prop/Drive Shaft............................................................113<br />
SECTION 5 – WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
5-1 Official Tire ...................................................................114<br />
5-2 Tire control ....................................................................114<br />
5-3 Testing...........................................................................114<br />
5-4 Wheels ..........................................................................115<br />
SECTION 6 - SUSPENSION AND STEERING<br />
6-1 Suspension (Prep 1) .....................................................116<br />
6-2 Suspension (Prep 2) .....................................................117<br />
SECTION 7 - BRAKES<br />
7-1 Brake Rotors ................................................................ 118<br />
7-2 Brake Calipers ............................................................. 118<br />
7-3 Brake Master Cylinders................................................ 119<br />
SECTION 8 -FUEL SYSTEM<br />
8-1 Fuel Tanks.....................................................................119<br />
8-2 Fittings and Piping ........................................................119<br />
8-3 Fuel Tank Fillers............................................................119<br />
SECTION 9 - WEIGHT<br />
9-1 Maximum permitted rear weight percentage ................120<br />
x
SECTION 10 - MANUFACTURERS<br />
10-1 Manufacturers...............................................................120<br />
GX REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 - General Class Explanation and Purpose<br />
1-1 Purpose .......................................................................122<br />
1-2 Specifications................................................................122<br />
1-3 Categories.....................................................................122<br />
SECTION 2 - GENERAL ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Eligibility .......................................................................122<br />
2-2 Engine Location........................................................... 123<br />
2-3 General Engine Requirements .................................... 123<br />
2-4 Exhaust Systems......................................................... 125<br />
2-5 Cylinder Heads .............................................................125<br />
2-6 Camshaft, Valve Lifter, and Rocker Arms.....................125<br />
2-7 Intake Manifold .............................................................125<br />
2-8 Air Cleaner, and Air Intake............................................125<br />
2-9 Electrical System ..........................................................126<br />
2-10 Radiator ....................................................................... 126<br />
SECTION 3 - CAR BODY REQUIREMENTS<br />
3-1 Bodywork - (Prep 1)......................................................126<br />
3-2 Bodywork - (Prep 2)..................................................... 127<br />
3-3 Dash/Installed Components......................................... 130<br />
3-4 Windows ...................................................................... 130<br />
3-5 Floor............................................................................. 131<br />
3-6 Rear Wing.................................................................... 131<br />
3-7 Front Splitter/Air Dam .................................................. 132<br />
3-8 Air Inlets....................................................................... 132<br />
3-9 Lighting ........................................................................ 132<br />
SECTION 4 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
4-1 Drive Train (Prep 1) ..................................................... 132<br />
4-2 Drive Train (Prep 2) ..................................................... 133<br />
4-3 Clutch/Flywheel.............................................................134<br />
4-4 Maximum forward gears ...............................................134<br />
4-5 Bell housing/Adapter Plate ...........................................134<br />
4-6 Prop/Drive Shaft ...........................................................134<br />
SECTION 5 – WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
5-1 Official Tire ...................................................................134<br />
5-2 Tire control ....................................................................134<br />
5-3 Testing...........................................................................135<br />
5-4 Wheels..........................................................................136<br />
SECTION 6 - SUSPENSION AND STEERING<br />
6-1 Suspension (Prep 1).....................................................136<br />
6-2 Suspension (Prep 2).....................................................137<br />
SECTION 7 - BRAKES<br />
7-1 Brake Rotors................................................................ 139<br />
7-2 Brake Calipers ............................................................. 139<br />
xi
7-3 Brake Master Cylinders ............................................... 139<br />
SECTION 8 -FUEL SYSTEM<br />
8-1 Fuel Tanks.....................................................................139<br />
8-2 Fittings and Piping ........................................................140<br />
8-3 Fuel Tank Fillers............................................................140<br />
SECTION 9 - WEIGHT<br />
9-1 Maximum permitted rear weight percentage ................140<br />
SECTION 10 - MANUFACTURERS<br />
10-1 Manufacturers...............................................................140<br />
CONTINENTAL TIRE SPORTS CAR CHALLENGE<br />
SECTION 1 - PURPOSE<br />
1-1 Purpose .......................................................................142<br />
SECTION 2 - ELIGIBILITY<br />
2-1 Eligibility....................................................................... 142<br />
2-2 Classes ........................................................................ 142<br />
2-3 Recognition/Configuration........................................... 143<br />
SECTION 3 - CHASSIS/BODYWORK REGULATIONS<br />
3-1 Drive and Steering .......................................................144<br />
3-2 Added car weight ........................................................ 144<br />
SECTION 4 - FUEL/FUEL CELLS<br />
4-1 Fuel Tank/Cell .............................................................. 144<br />
4-2 Fuel Fillers/Vents ......................................................... 144<br />
4-3 Fuel Lines .................................................................... 145<br />
4-4 Fuel Capacity............................................................... 145<br />
SECTION 5 - MANDATORY SAFETY EQUIPMENT/<br />
MODIFICATIONS<br />
5-1 Roll Cage .....................................................................145<br />
5-2 Glass............................................................................ 146<br />
5-3 Other Safety Modifications.......................................... 146<br />
SECTION 6 - AUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS<br />
6-1 Standard Components ................................................ 146<br />
6-2 Brakes.......................................................................... 146<br />
6-3 Shocks, Springs, Suspension ..................................... 147<br />
6-4 Lights ........................................................................... 148<br />
6-5 Exhaust System........................................................... 148<br />
6-6 Turbocharging/Supercharging ..................................... 149<br />
6-7 Other Items Which May Be Substituted...................... 150<br />
6-8 Engine.......................................................................... 151<br />
6-9 Steering Wheel/Steering System................................. 152<br />
6-10 Doors/Hood/Body Shell............................................... 152<br />
6-11 Ride Height/Track ........................................................ 152<br />
6-12 Items That May Be Removed...................................... 153<br />
6-13 Gearbox, Differential, Drivetrain .................................. 153<br />
6-14 Tires ............................................................................. 153<br />
SECTION 7 - VEHICLE ELIGIBILITY AND NOTES<br />
xii
PREFACE<br />
The Grand American Road Racing Association LLC (“<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>”)<br />
<strong>Rulebook</strong> is designed to provide for the orderly conduct of all <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> sports car sanctioned activities and takes effect immediately upon<br />
publication.<br />
The <strong>Rulebook</strong> consists of the following 3 Articles:<br />
1. Article 1 - The General Sporting Regulations (“GSR”). The<br />
GSR contains the basic rules and Regulations under which<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and its Series are organized under. Where no<br />
other section of the Regulations addresses an issue, the GSR<br />
governs.<br />
2. Article 2 - The General Automobile Regulations (“GAR”). The<br />
GAR provides the general technical and safety specifications<br />
of the Car and equipment. Where no other section of the<br />
Regulations addresses an issue, the GAR governs.<br />
3. Article 3 - The General Class Regulations (“GCR”). The GCR<br />
provides the technical specifications for each class of Cars:<br />
(“DP-GCR”), (“GT-GCR”) and (Continental: (GS/ST-GCR”).<br />
Where the GAR and a GCR conflict, the GCR prevails.<br />
In addition to the <strong>Rulebook</strong>, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may issue:<br />
1. Specific Car Regulations (“SCR”) that provide technical<br />
specifications for a specific make and model of Car (such as<br />
the constructor and engine for the DP Cars). Where the<br />
<strong>Rulebook</strong> and the SCR conflict, the SCR governs.<br />
2. Supplementary Regulations (“SR”) that provide rules and<br />
specifications specific to an Event. Where the Supplementary<br />
Regulations are in conflict with the <strong>Rulebook</strong> or the SCR, the<br />
Supplementary Regulations govern.<br />
Finally, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> communicates to its Members through<br />
Bulletins, through its Director of Competition and through Officials.<br />
Such communication may amplify, amend, clarify or modify the<br />
<strong>Rulebook</strong>, SCR and/or SR.<br />
All together, these publications and any amendments, along with<br />
any applicable agreements to which <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is a party, form the<br />
“Regulations” for <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and its Members. The purpose of the<br />
Regulations is to: (i) promote safety, the sport of automotive compe-<br />
xiii
tition and <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, (ii) enhance competition, (iii) ensure the<br />
quality, fairness and integrity of the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> programs and<br />
operations and (iv) achieve prompt finality in the competition results<br />
(“the Purpose”).<br />
It is ultimately the obligation of each Member to ensure their<br />
conduct and equipment comply with all applicable Regulations. No<br />
express or implied warranty of safety shall result from publication<br />
of, or compliance with, the Regulations. They are intended as a<br />
guide for the conduct of automobile racing and are in no way a<br />
guarantee against injury or death to participants, spectators, or<br />
others.<br />
xiv
<strong>2013</strong><br />
SPORTING REGULATIONS<br />
1
SPORTING REGULATIONS<br />
SECTION 1 – GENERAL RULES PROCEDURE<br />
1.1 Applicability. The Regulations apply to all Events. For all<br />
Members, the <strong>Rulebook</strong>, as part of the Regulations, establishes<br />
the foundation for the organization and conduct of all<br />
Events.<br />
1.2 Amendments. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to amend, or<br />
modify, the Regulations at any time in furtherance of “the<br />
Purpose”. Such amendments become effective upon publication<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, in the manner of its choice, regardless<br />
of when a Member receives actual notice.<br />
1.3 Definitions and Terms. The following terms, appearing periodically<br />
throughout the Regulations, have the following<br />
meanings:<br />
• Car means an automobile approved for racing competition.<br />
• Commitment Line means where the start of the pit lane<br />
speed limit begins, normally indicated by cones at pit<br />
entrance.<br />
• Competitor means Member, Entrant, Driver, Car owner,<br />
team manager, Crewmember or any other person (other<br />
than an Official) who participates competitively in an<br />
Event. Whenever the words Competitor, Entrant, Driver,<br />
Car owner, team manager, mechanic, team member or<br />
Crewmember are used, unless the context indicates<br />
otherwise, the term used is interpreted to include any<br />
Driver, Entrant, Car owner, team manager, mechanic,<br />
team member or Crewmember assigned to or a member<br />
of the same racing team.<br />
• Conclusive means that such action, inaction, and/or decision<br />
are final and not subject to protest, appeal and/or<br />
litigation.<br />
• Continental Tire Sports Car Challenge (CTSCC) denoted<br />
in parentheses and italicized where Regulations differ<br />
from the Rolex Series.<br />
• DP means a Daytona Prototype Car or the Daytona<br />
Prototype class.<br />
• Event means an entire program of Grand-Am sanctioned<br />
competitions.<br />
• FIA (Federation Internationale de I’Automobile) means the<br />
International Federation of National Automobile Clubs.<br />
2
• Finish(ing) Line means the point on-track where timing<br />
and scoring ends.<br />
• <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> means the national sanctioning organization<br />
formed to promote sports car road racing and the trade<br />
name and registered service mark of Grand American<br />
Road Racing Association, LLC.<br />
• (Continental: GS means a Grand Sport Car or the Grand<br />
Sport class.)<br />
• GT means a Grand Touring Car or the Grand Touring<br />
class.<br />
• Headquarters means the principal office of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>,<br />
located at One Daytona Boulevard, Daytona Beach,<br />
Florida, 32114.<br />
• Member means an individual or entity accepted by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> as a Member pursuant to the Regulations<br />
whose membership is not expired, suspended, canceled<br />
or terminated.<br />
• OE means original equipment as delivered on a Car built<br />
by a recognized automobile manufacturer and delivered<br />
via a regular retail sales outlet.<br />
• Paddock means the area within the facility where Entrants<br />
park their transporters and work on the Car between<br />
Sessions.<br />
• Pit Stall means the working area along pit lane assigned<br />
to an Entrant during a Session, in which the Competitors<br />
may place their equipment and service the Car.<br />
• Promoter means an individual, partnership, corporation,<br />
joint venture or other legal entity that, in connection with<br />
the Event, is designated as the “Promoter” in the<br />
executed Sanction Agreement for the Event.<br />
• Race means the Car competition during an Event, listed<br />
on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> season schedule, for which championship<br />
points and awards are distributed based upon<br />
finishing position.<br />
• Race Equipment means a Car, Car part, engine, engine<br />
component, tires, fuel, support equipment and/or any<br />
other part or related equipment.<br />
• Race Procedure means the manner in which an Event is<br />
conducted. It includes, but is not limited to, determinations<br />
regarding the eligibility of Cars for competition,<br />
qualifying procedures, the line-up of the Cars, the start of<br />
the Race, the control of Cars throughout the Race by<br />
flags, lights, or other direct communication, the election<br />
to stop or delay a Race, control of pit activity, flagging,<br />
the positioning of Cars at any time, the assessment of lap<br />
and time penalties, and the completion of the Race. It<br />
3
does not include the assessment of penalties (disqualification,<br />
suspension or fine) except lap and/or time<br />
penalties imposed during a Race or immediately after a<br />
Race.<br />
• Regulations mean the rules and Regulations governing<br />
the organization, sanctioning and conduct of Events. This<br />
includes but is not limited to, the <strong>Rulebook</strong>,<br />
Supplementary Regulations and Bulletins.<br />
• Safety Car means a non-competition vehicle used during<br />
the exploratory laps prior to the start of the Race and<br />
during a Race to collect the field of Cars during an intervention.<br />
• Sanction Agreement means the documentary authority,<br />
granted by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, to organize and hold a competition.<br />
• Series means the individual series sanctioned by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
• Session means the time from the official start of the<br />
Session as determined by the Official Schedule and<br />
Timing and Scoring, through the official time of the end of<br />
the Session as determined by the Official Schedule or<br />
adjusted by Race Control until the last running Car exits<br />
the racing surface and the Cars have cleared pit lane.<br />
• Single File means a line of Cars arranged one behind<br />
another without overtaking.<br />
• Start(ing) Line means the point on-track where timing and<br />
scoring begins.<br />
• (Continental: ST means Street Tuner Car or the Street<br />
Tuner Class.)<br />
• Supervisory Officials means the officers, employees or<br />
agents of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> as designated by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
The Supervisory Officials for <strong>2013</strong> include:<br />
• Ed Bennett, President & Chief Executive Officer<br />
• Richard Buck, Managing Director, Competition<br />
• Gabriel Cadringher, Managing Director, Technical<br />
Regulations and Development<br />
• Mark Raffauf, Managing Director of Racing Operations<br />
• Gary Cummings, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car Series<br />
Manager<br />
• Jeff Smallwood, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Continental Tire Sports<br />
Car Challenge Series Manager<br />
• Mike Kraemer, Competition Senior Project Manager<br />
• Rob Elson, Technical Manager<br />
• Tom Seabolt, Race Operations Manager<br />
• Don Abbott, Chief Scorer<br />
• Mary Suarez, Director of Member Services<br />
4
• Supplementary Regulations (SR) means additional rules<br />
specific to an Event.<br />
• Test(ing) means all forms of Testing on or off-track.<br />
• Tire Set means two front tires and two rear tires.<br />
1.4 Interpreting and Applying the Regulations.<br />
1.4.1 Pronouns. The pronouns “he”, “his”, and “him” are<br />
generic and not intended to indicate gender.<br />
1.4.2 Money. All monetary amounts specified are in US<br />
Dollars.<br />
1.4.3 Forms and Information. All forms and information<br />
referred to in the Regulations can be obtained from<br />
Headquarters and/or <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
1.4.4 Notice. Receipt is determined by the date<br />
contained in the U.S. postal mark (if mailed),<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> recognized courier receipt, or the<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> date or fax time code stamp (if delivered<br />
in person or sent by fax).<br />
1.5 Interpretation and Application. In any dispute regarding the<br />
Regulations, the interpretation and application of the Officials<br />
shall prevail. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other<br />
provision in the Regulations, Supervisory Officials may review<br />
an Official’s interpretation or application of the Regulations<br />
where such Supervisory Officials deem such review to be<br />
appropriate. The interpretation and application of the<br />
Regulations by the Officials (or by a Supervisory Official) are<br />
Conclusive, except as provided for in the Regulations. In<br />
furtherance of “the Purpose”, all Members, including but not<br />
limited to, Competitors, expressly agree that:<br />
1.5.1 NON-LITIGABLE. DETERMINATIONS MADE BY<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> AS TO THE APPLICABILITY AND<br />
INTERPRETATION OF THE REGULATIONS ARE<br />
NON-LITIGABLE, AND THEY WILL NOT INITIATE<br />
OR MAINTAIN LITIGATION OF ANY KIND AGAINST<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> OR ANYONE ACTING ON BEHALF OF<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, TO REVERSE OR MODIFY SUCH<br />
APPLICATION AND/OR INTERPRETATION OR TO<br />
RECOVER D<strong>AM</strong>AGES OR TO SEEK ANY OTHER<br />
KIND OF RELIEF AS A RESULT OF SUCH DETER-<br />
MINATIONS. IF THE LITIGATION IS NOT<br />
DISMISSED PURSUANT TO THIS COVENANT,<br />
THE MATTER WILL BE TRIED BEFORE A JUDGE<br />
OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION AND THE<br />
MEMBER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL<br />
BY JURY IN SUCH ACTION. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
5
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE ANY OTHER<br />
ACTION HEREUNDER, INCLUDING SUSPENSION<br />
OR TERMINATION OF MEMBERSHIP, FOR VIOLA-<br />
TION OF THIS SECTION.<br />
1.5.2 Reimbursement of Legal Fees. Any Member that<br />
initiates or maintains litigation in violation of this<br />
provision agrees to reimburse <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for all<br />
costs of such litigation, including travel expenses<br />
and attorney’s fees.<br />
1.6 Principal Rule. On occasion, circumstances are presented,<br />
either unforeseen or otherwise extraordinary, in which strict<br />
application of the Regulations may not achieve “the Purpose.”<br />
In such rare circumstances, Officials, as a practical matter,<br />
may make a determination that is not contemplated by or is<br />
inconsistent with the Regulations. Such determinations are<br />
reviewable by Supervisory Officials. All such determinations<br />
are Conclusive, except as provided for in the Regulations.<br />
1.7 Submission to the Regulations. No express or implied<br />
warranty of safety shall result from the publication and/or<br />
compliance with the Regulations. Every person, entity, group<br />
of persons, or Promoter, and any person who receives a<br />
Membership, warrants that (i) he agrees without reservation<br />
to know and abide by the Regulations, (ii) he renounces the<br />
right to have legal recourse, except with the written consent<br />
of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, to any arbitrator or tribunal not provided for<br />
in the Regulations.<br />
SECTION 2 - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> MEMBERSHIP<br />
2.1 Authority. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may, but is not required to, accept as<br />
a Member any individual or entity, as long as the applicant<br />
submits a properly executed Membership Application with<br />
the appropriate fee and meets the required qualifications.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is dedicated to the highest degree of professionalism,<br />
sportsmanship and integrity. For that reason,<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> at its sole discretion, may reject the application<br />
of an otherwise qualified applicant if it is in the interest of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of automobile racing, for reasons<br />
including but not limited to, the applicant’s participation or<br />
involvement in conduct inconsistent with “the Purpose”,<br />
whether in the course of racing activity or not, and whether<br />
or not the applicant was a Member or applicant at the time<br />
of such conduct. The affected Member may appeal such<br />
determination directly to the Chief Appellate Officer, in accor-<br />
6
dance with the Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing,<br />
all decisions as to an applicant’s driving ability and/or physical<br />
condition are Conclusive.<br />
2.2 Reservation of Rights. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to<br />
deny entry to any Event to any Member or to revoke any<br />
Membership or credential previously issued by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
for any reason or no reason, except that <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will not<br />
deny or revoke a Membership or credential solely on the<br />
basis of race, creed, color, sex, or national origin.<br />
2.3 Membership Requirement. Any person or entity desiring to<br />
participate in <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> as a Driver, Entrant, Crewmember,<br />
permanent media, Industry Representative, partner or<br />
Official must be a current Member of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in the<br />
capacity in which they wish to participate.<br />
2.3.1 Exception. A competition license issued by the FIA<br />
as a Driver or Entrant for persons who reside internationally<br />
is recognized for participation in an Event<br />
listed on the FIA calendar but does not include a<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Membership or any benefits or privileges<br />
of such Membership, including but not limited<br />
to point awards, point fund awards or participant<br />
accident insurance:<br />
2.3.2 FIA Membership. Every Driver in a FIA-listed Race<br />
must possess a current FIA Driver License regardless<br />
of other licensing. Every Car entered in a<br />
FIA-listed Race must be entered by someone<br />
possessing a current FIA Entrant License regardless<br />
of other licensing. Applications for FIA licenses<br />
may be obtained from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2.4 Application Procedure. An applicant must submit a fully<br />
completed and properly signed Annual Membership<br />
Application (waiver) accompanied by the appropriate<br />
Membership fee to Headquarters. The receipt of an applicant’s<br />
Annual Membership Application and/or fee does not<br />
constitute the issuance of, or approval by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> of<br />
such Annual Membership Application. An applicant is notified<br />
in writing by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> whether their application has<br />
been approved.<br />
2.4.1 Minors. All applicants 16, 17 or 18 years old at the<br />
time of application and not legally emancipated,<br />
must include with their Annual Membership<br />
Application and fee, a fully complete Minor<br />
Participant Waiver signed by the applicant and the<br />
7
applicant’s father, mother, and/or legal guardian. All<br />
signatures on the Minor Participant Waiver must be<br />
notarized unless the minor applicant is applying in<br />
person at Registration during a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Event<br />
and his father, mother and/or legal guardian is<br />
present, in which case all parties must sign before<br />
a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official. An applicant 16, 17 or 18<br />
years old and emancipated, must include with their<br />
Annual Membership Application and fee, a copy of<br />
the emancipation order. Specific Events may have<br />
additional requirements for minors that must be<br />
fulfilled prior to participation in such Event.<br />
2.4.2 Business Entities. If applicant is a partnership,<br />
corporation or other legal entity, the person responsible<br />
for all communication and contact with<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> regarding the entity must fill out the<br />
Annual Membership Application and such person<br />
must meet the eligibility requirements for the<br />
capacity in which the entity wishes to participate.<br />
2.5 Eligibility Requirements.<br />
2.5.1 Driver. To secure and maintain Membership in the<br />
capacity of Driver, an applicant must at minimum: (i)<br />
Be 16 years of age; (ii) If requested, submit to and<br />
pass a driving ability test(s) conducted by and at<br />
the discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>; and (iii) Be physically<br />
fit as determined at the sole discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>. In this regard, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require an<br />
applicant to pass one or more physical examination(s)<br />
by a qualified physician(s).<br />
2.5.2 Entrant. To secure and maintain a Membership in<br />
the capacity of Entrant, an applicant must, at<br />
minimum, be 21 years of age.<br />
2.5.3 Crewmember. To secure and maintain<br />
Membership in the capacity of Crew member, an<br />
applicant must at minimum: (i) Be 16 years of age<br />
and (ii) Be physically fit as determined in the sole<br />
discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. In this regard, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> may require an applicant to pass one or more<br />
physical examination(s) by a qualified physician(s).<br />
2.5.4 Official. To secure and maintain Membership in the<br />
capacity of Official, an applicant must at minimum:<br />
(i) Be 18 years of age; (ii) Possess, in the sole<br />
discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, the necessary qualifications<br />
and abilities to carry out the duties of an<br />
Official; and (iii) Be physically fit as determined in<br />
8
the sole discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. In this regard,<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require an applicant to pass one<br />
or more physical examination(s) by a qualified<br />
physician(s).<br />
2.5.5 Partner. To secure and maintain Membership in the<br />
capacity of Partner, an applicant must at minimum:<br />
(i) Be 21 years of age; and (ii) Be an employee<br />
or agent of an entity which has a direct contractual<br />
relationship with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> (Sponsor, Contin -<br />
gency Partner, OEM, Series Sponsor, Promoter,<br />
etc.)<br />
2.5.6 Industry Representative. To secure and maintain<br />
Membership in the capacity of Industry<br />
Representative, an applicant must at minimum:<br />
(i) Be 19 years of age; and (ii) Be an employee or<br />
agent of a company that supplies products or services<br />
to Competitors. Annual credentials are not<br />
available to Industry Representatives.<br />
2.5.7 Media. To secure and maintain Membership in the<br />
capacity of Media Representative, an applicant<br />
must at minimum: (i) Be 19 years of age; and (ii) Be<br />
assigned to cover <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Event(s).<br />
2.6 Credentials. Only persons approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> are<br />
permitted to enter restricted areas (i.e., garage areas, pits,<br />
racing surface and similar areas) after they have personally<br />
signed all required entry forms, waiver and release of liability<br />
forms and pit permits applicable to the particular Event and<br />
obtain a credential. Persons are prohibited from signing at<br />
any time, for any reason, any entry form, waiver and release<br />
of liability form or pit permit for anyone other than themselves.<br />
Credentials must be displayed at all times during an<br />
Event. Competitors must not enter Race Control, timing and<br />
scoring and/or the broadcast compound during any Session<br />
unless permitted or directed by an Official.<br />
2.6.1 Eligibility. Annual credentials are available for<br />
Members in the capacity of: Entrant, Driver, Partner,<br />
Crew member, Media, Official and VIP upon execution<br />
and acceptance by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> of an Annual<br />
Credential Application. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> single Event<br />
licenses are available in the capacity of: Entrant,<br />
Driver, Partner, Crew member, Official, VIP and<br />
Industry Representative.<br />
2.7 Member Status. All Membership cards and credentials<br />
issued by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> remain the property of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
9
and expire December 31st of the year of issue. Privileges<br />
may be revoked at any time for non-compliance with the<br />
Regulations. All Members of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must, willingly and<br />
without reservation, present their Membership card and/or<br />
credential to Officials upon request. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its sole<br />
discretion may review the qualifications of any Member at<br />
any time and may require such Member to submit to additional<br />
physical examination(s) Driver ability test(s), provide a<br />
resume to include Driver information and record of competition<br />
and/or take any other action or require the Member to<br />
take any action, as <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> deems appropriate, to determine<br />
whether the Member continues to qualify in the<br />
appropriate capacity, as set forth in the Regulations.<br />
2.7.1 Independent Contractor. Members are independent<br />
contractors who assume and take full<br />
accountability for reporting and paying to the<br />
appropriate authorities all charges, premiums and<br />
taxes, if any, due and payable on any funds<br />
Members may receive as a result of their participation<br />
in Events, including but not limited to Social<br />
Security taxes, unemployment insurance taxes,<br />
workman’s compensation insurance, income taxes<br />
and withholding taxes. A Member is not an agent,<br />
servant or employee of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> by virtue of<br />
such Membership. Each Member is responsible for<br />
compensating their employees and/or agents and<br />
assumes all responsibility for the actions of the<br />
Member’s employees and/or agents.<br />
2.7.2 Revocation. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may suspend a Member<br />
for a definite or indefinite period of time or terminate<br />
such Membership indefinitely, in the interest of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of automobile racing.<br />
Upon suspension or revocation, the Member must<br />
promptly forward the Membership card and any<br />
credentials to Headquarters. If the Member fails to<br />
do so, the Membership becomes inoperative and<br />
invalid, unless the Member has been suspended, in<br />
which case the Membership becomes inoperative<br />
and invalid until the lifting of the suspension.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will return the Membership card and<br />
credential (if applicable) to the Member upon the<br />
lifting of the suspension. Such Member has no right<br />
to receive, and <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not obligated to<br />
refund, any part or all of the fees paid by Member.<br />
The affected Member may appeal such suspension<br />
10
or termination directly to the Chief Appellate Officer,<br />
in accordance with the Regulations.<br />
2.7.3 Voluntary Termination. A Member may terminate<br />
his Membership at any time by providing a letter of<br />
resignation and their Membership card and credentials<br />
to Headquarters. Such Member shall have no<br />
right to receive, and <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not obligated to<br />
refund, any part or all of the fees paid by Member.<br />
2.7.4 Non-Transferable. A Membership and/or credential<br />
is non-transferable and non-assignable. It must<br />
only be used by the person to whom it is issued.<br />
Any attempt to transfer, lend, or permit any other<br />
person or entity to use it shall result in a penalty. IF<br />
FOR ANY REASON, WHETHER INTENTIONAL OR<br />
UNINTENTIONAL, A MEMBERSHIP AND/OR<br />
CREDENTIAL IS USED BY ANY OTHER PERSON,<br />
SUCH MEMBER(S) SHALL INDEMNIFY <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> AND ALL RELATED PARTIES FOR ANY<br />
D<strong>AM</strong>AGES ARISING FROM SUCH USE.<br />
2.8 Member Conduct. Each Member is expected to conduct<br />
themselves in a professional and sportsmanlike manner.<br />
Persons whose appearance, associations or affiliations at or<br />
away from an Event are deemed inappropriate or who exhibit<br />
conduct which is offensive, abrasive, in bad taste, or otherwise<br />
inappropriate or who have been convicted of criminal<br />
activity, may be denied Membership or may have their<br />
existing Membership suspended or revoked by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Such conduct may also result in penalties at the discretion of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2.8.1 Fan Engagement. Members may be required to<br />
take part in certain fan and media activities<br />
including, but not limited to, autograph sessions,<br />
television interviews, fan forums, tech talks, pit lane<br />
or Paddock fan walks. Failure or refusal to participate<br />
as directed, once scheduled and notified,<br />
arriving late, or departing early without the permission<br />
of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, may result in the imposition of<br />
penalties.<br />
2.8.2 Disparagement. Any Member that publicly criticizes<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, its employees or its Officials<br />
may be considered to be acting in an unsports -<br />
manlike manner prejudicial or detrimental to<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of automobile racing and<br />
may be subject to penalties.<br />
11
2.8.3 Payment. Failure to pay all sums due to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> or its contractors, agents, affiliated companies<br />
or Promoters may result in penalties.<br />
2.9 Entrant Obligations. It is the responsibility of the Entrant,<br />
wishing to participate in an Event, to obtain the appropriate<br />
Official Entry Form and to ascertain and abide by all applicable<br />
deadlines and instructions. Such Entrant or his<br />
nominated designee is the sole spokesperson for its<br />
Competitors in any and all competition matters pertaining to<br />
the Event.<br />
2.9.1 Car Registration. All Entrants must register their<br />
Car(s) with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> by completing the necessary<br />
application forms and paying the appropriate<br />
fees.<br />
2.9.2 Competition Numbers. Competition numbers are<br />
assigned by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> following the completion<br />
of the registration process and are non-assignable<br />
and non-transferable, except by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. The<br />
Entrant must use the assigned competition number<br />
on the Car registered by the Entrant. During an<br />
Event, the Entrant must use the competition<br />
number to identify a particular Car and it must not<br />
be transferred to another Car during the Event,<br />
except with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval. At subsequent<br />
Events, the Entrant may use the competition<br />
number to identify a different Car registered by the<br />
Entrant. Points and other prizes are awarded to the<br />
Entrant for the performance of the Car identified by<br />
the competition number assigned to the Entrant. If<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> changes an Entrant’s competition<br />
number, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, at its sole discretion, may<br />
transfer the Entrant’s championship points to the<br />
new competition number. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the<br />
right to revoke, reassign or transfer competition<br />
numbers at any time.<br />
2.9.3 Responsibility. Entrants are at all times responsible<br />
for the conduct of their Competitors. An offense<br />
committed by a Competitor may be charged to the<br />
Entrant. Unpaid fines of the Entrant, its designee<br />
and/or Competitors may be collected by deducting<br />
the amount from the purse or point fund earnings of<br />
the Entrant.<br />
2.9.4 Entrant Representative. When the Entrant cannot<br />
be present at an Event or is otherwise unavailable,<br />
he must designate a Member to be the Entrant’s<br />
12
epresentative in regards to all actions that an<br />
Entrant may take under the Regulations for such<br />
Event.<br />
2.9.5 Change in Ownership. With respect to an Entrant<br />
that is a business entity, the Entrant must inform<br />
Headquarters in writing promptly if the entity is<br />
altered in any material manner or the entity’s stock<br />
or assets are sold (other than routine daily stock<br />
sales) or becomes the subject of a merger or the<br />
entity’s ownership interest materially changes.<br />
When informed of such a change, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its<br />
sole discretion may revoke the entity’s<br />
Membership. If the new entity submits a new<br />
Annual Membership Application, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may<br />
assign the previous competition number(s) to the<br />
new Entrant or may assign different competition<br />
number(s). <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its sole discretion may<br />
assign to the new Entrant the championship points<br />
earned by the former Entrant and such other determinations<br />
regarding scoring, point funds and the<br />
distribution of the purse or prize monies if doing so<br />
is in the furtherance of “the Purpose”.<br />
2.9.6 Competitive Analysis. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require<br />
Entrants to submit Race Equipment for analysis of<br />
performance capabilities in order to promote closer<br />
competition. Entrants must take all necessary steps<br />
to enable such tests. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not responsible<br />
for any payment, reimbursement, damage or loss<br />
as a result of such analysis.<br />
2.10 Substance Abuse Policy. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s Substance Abuse<br />
Policy (“Policy”) prohibits the misuse of alcohol, prescription<br />
drugs and/or any other substance used in a manner that<br />
affects the safety of competition, including but not limited to,<br />
illegal substances. As part of the Regulations, Members are<br />
subject to the Policy, which can be found in its entirety on<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
2.10.1 Reasonable Suspicion. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require a<br />
Member to submit to a test(s) if an Official has<br />
reasonable suspicion that (i)the Member has<br />
violated any part of the Policy as a result of using<br />
any prohibited substance, or (ii) has diminished<br />
ability to perform as a result of using any prohibited<br />
substance. Some conditions, observations and/or<br />
reports that may cause such reasonable suspicion<br />
are, without limitation, as follows:<br />
13
• Being found or observed in possession of<br />
illegal substances or illegal drug paraphernalia,<br />
at any time.<br />
• Observation of signs, symptoms and/or<br />
behaviors generally understood to accompany<br />
the use of prohibited substances including,<br />
without limitation, physical signs of red or<br />
droopy eyes, dilated or constricted pupils,<br />
constant running nose, red appearance in the<br />
face, persistent sniffing, slurred speech, stumbling,<br />
hyperactivity, needle marks, repeated<br />
unexplained disappearances from an Event,<br />
time distortion including repeated tardiness<br />
and missed appointments, chronic forgetfulness<br />
or broken promises, accidents during an<br />
Event(s), inability to concentrate or remember<br />
or to maintain attention, mental confusion,<br />
paranoia, presence of abnormal thoughts or<br />
ideas, violent tendencies, loss of temper, irritability,<br />
extreme personality change or mood<br />
swings, deteriorating personal hygiene or<br />
appearance, violation of safety precautions or<br />
careless acts during an Event.<br />
• An arrest or conviction for driving while under<br />
the influence of alcohol or drugs, or a drug<br />
related conviction.<br />
• Receipt of a report from a reliable source that<br />
a Member is under the influence of prohibited<br />
substances or is using, possessing or selling<br />
illegal drugs or substances.<br />
• The results of an examination or test, as<br />
provided by the Regulations, which shows<br />
evidence of use of a prohibited substance,<br />
alcohol abuse or of adulteration or manipulation<br />
of the specimen.<br />
• The odor or aroma of an alcoholic beverage on<br />
or about the breath or body of a Member<br />
consistent with use of such a substance or<br />
alcoholic beverage on the day of an Event.<br />
2.10.2 Refusal. If a Member refuses to consent to and<br />
participate in a test within the time period designated<br />
by an Official, the Member may be removed<br />
from the Event by the Race Director and may be<br />
subject to other emergency action as may be<br />
appropriate, including penalties.<br />
14
SECTION 3 - ADMINISTRATION OF EVENTS<br />
3.1 Event. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approves an annual calendar of Events.<br />
An Event or a competition forming part of an Event may be<br />
canceled, rescheduled, or postponed by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for<br />
reasons of safety, or forces beyond <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s control. If<br />
an entire Event is canceled prior to its commencement,<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will make every effort to notify all parties<br />
concerned, but accepts NO responsibility for such cancellation,<br />
or failure to notify.<br />
3.1.1 Advertising and Promotion Release. Each<br />
Competitor by entering an Event, grants to<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, its duly authorized agents, assigns<br />
and licensees, including but not limited to the<br />
Series sponsor and Promoters, on an exclusive<br />
basis, the right to use and sublicense, Competitor’s<br />
name, likeness and performance, in and out of<br />
uniform, including photographs, images and<br />
sounds of Competitor, any Crewmember and/or<br />
any Car(s) with respect to which Competitor participates<br />
in the Event(s), in any way, material or<br />
medium (including but not limited to print, broadcasts<br />
by and through television, cable television,<br />
radio, pay-per-view, closed circuit television, satellite<br />
signal, digital signal, film productions, audiotape<br />
productions, transmissions over the Internet, public<br />
and private online services authorized by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>, sales, other commercial projects and/or the<br />
like) for promoting, advertising, or reporting<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> racing generally, the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
Series in which Competitor participates, and/or any<br />
Event(s) or related telecast or programming, before,<br />
during and after such Event and Competitor hereby<br />
relinquishes to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> exclusively and in<br />
perpetuity all rights thereto for such purpose.<br />
3.1.2 Broadcast Rights. Each Competitor by entering an<br />
Event acknowledges that <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> exclusively<br />
and in perpetuity owns any and all rights to broadcast,<br />
transmit, film, tape, capture, overhear,<br />
photograph, collect or record by any means,<br />
process, medium or device (including but not<br />
limited to television, cable television, radio, payper-view,<br />
closed circuit television, satellite signal,<br />
digital signal, film productions, audiotape productions,<br />
transmissions over the Internet, public and<br />
private online services authorized by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>,<br />
15
sales, other commercial projects and/or the like),<br />
whether or not currently in existence, all film, audio,<br />
video and/or photographic images, sounds and<br />
data (including but not limited to in-Car audio, in-<br />
Car video, in-Car radio, other electronic<br />
transmissions between Cars and Crewmembers<br />
and timing and scoring information) arising from,<br />
during, or in connection with the Event(s)<br />
(“Work(s)”) and that <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is and shall be the<br />
sole owner of any and all intellectual property rights<br />
(including, but not limited to, patents, copyrights,<br />
trademarks, design rights, and other proprietary<br />
rights) worldwide in and to the Work(s) and in and<br />
to any other Work(s), copyrightable or otherwise<br />
created from the images, sounds and data arising<br />
from, during or in connection with the Event(s). In<br />
addition to the extent not already owned by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, Competitor hereby assigns to<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> exclusively and in perpetuity any and<br />
all rights set forth above. Competitor agrees to take<br />
all steps reasonably necessary, and all steps<br />
requested by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, to protect, perfect or<br />
effectuate <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s ownership or other<br />
interest in these rights. Competitor agrees not to<br />
take any action, nor cause others to take any<br />
action, nor enter into any third party agreement that<br />
would contravene, diminish, encroach or infringe<br />
upon these <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> rights.<br />
3.2 Safety<br />
3.2.1 Participant Accident Insurance. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
provides participant accident insurance coverage<br />
at Events as follows:<br />
• $50,000 Accidental Death and<br />
Dismemberment<br />
• $50,000 Excess Medical<br />
• $1,000,000 Excess Catastrophic Medical<br />
• $100 per week Weekly Indemnity for the first<br />
52 weeks<br />
3.2.2 Injuries. Any Competitor involved in an incident in<br />
which there is an injury, must report such incident<br />
to an Official prior to leaving the Event on the day<br />
the incident occurred. Where there is significant<br />
damage or injury, or at the direction of any Official,<br />
a Competitor MUST present himself or be transported<br />
to the track medical facility for evaluation.<br />
16
Participant accident insurance coverage may be<br />
declined by the insurance provider if an Official is<br />
not notified and/or the Competitor is not evaluated<br />
by the track medical staff. The Competitor is solely<br />
responsible for all medical costs, including any<br />
costs associated with off-site medical transportation,<br />
for injuries not covered by the insurance<br />
provider.<br />
3.2.3 Assumption of Risk. Automobile racing is an<br />
inherently dangerous sport and each Competitor<br />
assumes that risk when participating in an Event.<br />
The risk of serious injury or death cannot be eliminated<br />
and is always present at a high level.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> cannot be and is not responsible for all<br />
or even most aspects of the safety effort.<br />
3.2.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Responsibility. Officials at an Event<br />
will inform the Promoter of any inadequacies they<br />
observe and consider in their best judgment to be<br />
inconsistent with the interest of safety, including but<br />
not limited to inadequacies in the racing facilities,<br />
safety personnel, equipment and conditions of the<br />
track. In addition, if an inadequacy is observed on a<br />
Competitor’s Car, equipment, or conduct, Officials<br />
may take whatever action is reasonable and appropriate<br />
to correct such inadequacy, including but<br />
not limited to, requesting physical examination(s)<br />
and/or Driver ability tests. In any case, Competitor<br />
is obligated to follow the Official’s directives.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE<br />
ACTIONS OR INACTIONS OF ANY OFFICIAL AS IT<br />
PERTAINS TO SAFETY.<br />
3.2.5 Promoter Responsibility. The Promoter is directly<br />
and finally responsible to ensure that the facility is<br />
adequate and that adequate safety personnel and<br />
equipment are provided for at each Event, both for<br />
the purpose of preventing injury where reasonably<br />
possible, responding to injury when it occurs; and<br />
that the conditions at the facility are maintained in a<br />
reasonable manner to reduce the risk of injury, all as<br />
more fully set forth in the Sanction Agreement<br />
applicable to the Event.<br />
3.2.6 Member Responsibility. All Members are obligated<br />
to inspect the racing facility, safety personnel<br />
and equipment and conditions of the track on a<br />
continuing basis before, during, and after the Event.<br />
Members must promptly report to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and<br />
17
the Promoter any inadequacy in the facility,<br />
personnel, equipment, or conditions of the track.<br />
Members also are solely and directly responsible<br />
for the safety of their Race Equipment and are obligated<br />
to perform their duties in a manner designed<br />
to minimize to the risk of injury to themselves and<br />
others.<br />
3.2.7 NEITHER <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> NOR THE PROMOTER IS<br />
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ADEQUACY OF A<br />
COMPETITOR’S RACE EQUIPMENT, OR RACING<br />
ACTIVITY TO ACCOMPLISH THIS PURPOSE.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> DOES NOT MAKE ANY REPRESEN-<br />
TATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF SAFETY TO ANY<br />
COMPETITOR OR OTHER PERSON, AND<br />
CANNOT AND DOES NOT TAKE RESPONSIBILITY<br />
TO ENSURE THE ADEQUACY, FOR PURPOSES<br />
OF SAFETY, OF THE FACILITY, SAFETY<br />
PERSONNEL OR EQUIPMENT, OR CONDITIONS<br />
AT THE TRACK.<br />
3.3 Testing Policy. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> has the right to restrict Testing<br />
during the season not sanctioned by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Violation<br />
of this policy is determined by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its sole discretion<br />
and the results of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s investigation and<br />
subsequent determination are Conclusive. Members who<br />
engage in unapproved Testing of any type or Test using<br />
unapproved tires are subject to revocation of their<br />
Membership for up to one (1) year.<br />
3.3.1 Stipulations. All DP and/or GT Testing is prohibited<br />
unless pre-approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in writing.<br />
Testing is prohibited at a track that is on the season<br />
calendar until the conclusion of that Event for that<br />
season. Requests meeting specific criteria may be<br />
approved at the sole discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
3.3.2 Procedure. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must receive a written<br />
request for approval to Test a minimum of two (2)<br />
weeks prior to the requested Test date. The<br />
request must include: who is participating, what<br />
Car(s), when and where the Test is, and why the<br />
Member wants to hold the Test. This information<br />
may be made public by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
3.3.3 Requirements. All Testing must be conducted<br />
using the Official Tire in the delivered condition. A<br />
new DP Entrant is allowed a one-time allocation of<br />
six (6) Tire Sets per Car for initial familiarization<br />
during authorized Testing.<br />
18
3.4 Event Entry. To participate in an Event, an Entrant must<br />
complete, submit with the appropriate fee and have<br />
approved, an Official Entry Form in accordance with the<br />
directions stated on the Official Entry Form. An Official Entry<br />
Form accepted by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> shall constitute a contract,<br />
binding the Entrant to take part in the Event unless prevented<br />
by forces beyond his control. If an Entrant enters an Event<br />
without having properly submitted an Official Entry Form, the<br />
Entrant by such actions nevertheless agrees that he is<br />
subject to the Regulations, as well as all statements, releases<br />
and obligations appearing in the Official Entry Form, as if he<br />
had properly submitted a Official Entry Form.<br />
3.4.1 Release. BY SUBMITTING AN OFFICIAL ENTRY<br />
FORM AND/OR TAKING PART IN ANY ACTIVITY<br />
RELATING TO THE EVENT, MEMBER AGREES TO<br />
ABIDE BY THE DECISIONS OF OFFICIALS<br />
RELATING TO THE EVENT OR ANY MATTERS<br />
ARISING OUT OF THE EVENT. MEMBER FURTHER<br />
AGREES TO INSPECT THE RACING AREA TO<br />
ENSURE THAT IT IS IN A SAFE, RACEABLE AND<br />
USABLE CONDITION AND THAT THE MEMBER<br />
VOLUNTARILY ASSUMES THE RISK OF AND HAS<br />
NO CLAIM FOR D<strong>AM</strong>AGES AGAINST <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>,<br />
PROMOTER OR THEIR OFFICERS, DIRECTORS,<br />
SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICIALS, AGENTS OR<br />
EMPLOYEES BY REASON OF D<strong>AM</strong>AGE TO THE<br />
CAR, EQUIPMENT, COMPETITORS OR ANY<br />
OTHER PERSON. MEMBER ASSUMES FULL<br />
RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY AND ALL INJURIES<br />
SUSTAINED, INCLUDING DEATH AND PROPERTY<br />
D<strong>AM</strong>AGE, ANYTIME THEY ARE IN THE RACING<br />
AREA OR EN-ROUTE THERETO OR THEREFROM.<br />
MEMBER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT MEMBER’S<br />
SPOUSE AND NEXT-OF-KIN HAVE BEEN ADVISED<br />
THAT MEMBER UNDERSTANDS THE HIGH RISK<br />
OF SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH WHICH MAY<br />
RESULT FROM PARTICIPATING AND THAT THE<br />
MEMBER SOLELY ASSUMES ALL SUCH RISKS.<br />
3.4.2 Deadline. If an Official Entry Form is not submitted<br />
by the deadline, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its sole discretion<br />
may accept the Official Entry Form, subject to a late<br />
fee. If submitted after the deadline but before the<br />
first day of registration for the Event, the late fee is<br />
$500. After the first day of registration, the late fee<br />
is $1,000.<br />
19
3.4.3 Withdrawal of Entry. An entry may be withdrawn if<br />
notification of the withdrawal is received in writing<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> prior to the start of the first Official<br />
Session for such Event. An Entrant who does not<br />
properly withdraw forfeits all entry fees. 25% of the<br />
entry fee is retained for all withdrawn entries.<br />
3.4.4 Declined Payment. Declined credit cards or<br />
returned checks may result in suspension of<br />
Membership until the debt and any service charges<br />
are paid in full. A service charge of $50 is payable<br />
for each instance. Multiple declined credit cards<br />
and/or returned checks may require future<br />
payments to be made by cash or cashier’s check<br />
only.<br />
3.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Officials<br />
3.5.1 Officials. The staff of Officials, whose duty it is to<br />
direct and control the Event may include: Race<br />
Director, Technical Manager, Series Manager, Chief<br />
Scorer and Director of Member Services.<br />
3.5.2 Official Assistants. Officials may have assistants,<br />
also termed “Officials,” to whom any of their duties<br />
may be delegated, including but not limited to the<br />
following:<br />
a. Starter/Flag Marshals. Operating under the<br />
direction of the Race Control to signal to<br />
Competitors during all Sessions.<br />
b. Pit/Paddock/Grid Marshals. Operating under<br />
the Series Manager to enforce the<br />
Regulations of the pits, Paddock and grid.<br />
c. Safety Car Team. Operating under the control<br />
of the Race Director for the coordination of<br />
the Safety Car(s).<br />
3.5.3 Race Director. The Race Director is responsible for<br />
the general conduct of all aspects of competitions<br />
at an Event and ensures that all provisions of the<br />
Regulations are followed.<br />
3.5.4 Technical Manager. The Technical Manager,<br />
reporting to the Race Director, is the authority<br />
enforcing the Technical Regulations. He has the<br />
authority to amend and/or add to the Technical<br />
Regulations, and to make adjustments to Car specifications<br />
effective immediately, if deemed<br />
necessary.<br />
20
3.5.5 Series Manager. The Series Manager, reporting to<br />
the Race Director, is the authority in enforcing<br />
Paddock and pit Regulations.<br />
3.5.6 Director of Member Services. The Director of<br />
Member Services, reporting directly to the<br />
Managing Director of Competition, is responsible<br />
for certifying and processing all entries,<br />
Memberships, registrations and credentialing.<br />
3.5.7 Chief Scorer. The Chief Scorer, reporting to the<br />
Race Director, is responsible for managing the official<br />
timing and scoring system(s) at the Event.<br />
3.6 Identification Markings. All participating Cars and<br />
Competitors must display mandatory decals and patches<br />
without exception and/or modification. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves<br />
the right to approve final placement for all identification<br />
markings in its sole discretion and such decisions are<br />
Conclusive. Failure to display mandatory decals and patches<br />
as required may result in penalties.<br />
3.6.1 Mandatory Markings<br />
a. Competition Number and Windscreen<br />
Identification. Competition numbers and<br />
windshield banners (if applicable) must be<br />
displayed on the Car in accordance with the<br />
GCR and the applicable Patch and Decal<br />
Diagram as published on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
b. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, Series and Sponsor<br />
Identification. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, Series sponsor<br />
and Series decal and/or patch identification<br />
must be displayed on each Car and uniform as<br />
shown in the applicable patch and Decal<br />
Diagram. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require an Event<br />
decal and/or patch to be displayed in locations<br />
as specified in the Supplementary<br />
Regulations.<br />
c. Transporter and Pit Equipment<br />
Identification. All transporters and pit equipment<br />
must have the Series identification<br />
displayed as provided and specified by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
3.6.2 Prohibited Marking. All conflicting product or<br />
service identification of any kind must be removed<br />
from Cars and uniforms while participating in an<br />
Event, including but not limited to conflicting series<br />
sanctioning body(ies) and/or fuel or tire companies.<br />
IMSA logos are permitted.<br />
21
3.6.3 Advertising. All advertising, including slogans, is<br />
subject to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may<br />
withhold approval of the content, placement and/or<br />
size of any advertising, decal or identification for<br />
any reason and may prohibit a Member’s participation<br />
in an Event if <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> determines that any<br />
advertising, sponsorship or similar agreement to<br />
which the Member is or will be a party to, is detrimental<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of automobile<br />
racing. Such decisions are Conclusive.<br />
SECTION 4 - FLAGS AND COMMUNICATION<br />
4.1 On-Track Communication. The following flags are used to<br />
communicate with Competitors during all Sessions. At night,<br />
or as otherwise required, flags may be illuminated by lights<br />
or replaced by colored lights. Any replacement lights have<br />
the same meaning as the flag defined herein.<br />
4.2 Black<br />
a. Furled. This flag is shown to a Driver for unsportsmanlike<br />
conduct, Discontinue or may be penalized.<br />
b. Motionless. Shown at the Start Line. Driver is using<br />
improper driving conduct and must cease such conduct<br />
immediately.<br />
c. Waived. Summons Driver to pit lane for penalty and/or<br />
consultation with an Official. Driver must comply immediately<br />
or the Race Director may stop timing and scoring<br />
the Car and additional penalties may be imposed.<br />
d. Practice & Qualifying Sessions. Black flags shown at all<br />
flag stations indicate that the Session is stopped. Stop<br />
racing, passing permitted, use caution and proceed<br />
immediately to pit lane.<br />
4.3 Black with Orange Disc. Car has a mechanical problem,<br />
report immediately to the Pit Stall at a reduced speed.<br />
4.4 Black & White Checkered. End of a Session or Race.<br />
4.5 Blue or Blue with Yellow or Orange Diagonal.<br />
• Motionless. Faster Car(s) are approaching or may be in a<br />
blind spot. Use caution, hold line, and do not make<br />
abrupt changes in direction.<br />
• Waived. Permit the approaching Car to pass.<br />
22
4.6 Green. Beginning or resumption of a Session/Race and/or<br />
cancellation of a previous flag.<br />
4.7 Red. Only used during a Race.<br />
a. All Sessions/Race. Shown at pit exit to signal that the pit<br />
lane exit is closed.<br />
b. Race Only. Shown at the Start Line with double yellow<br />
flags at the remaining flag stations. The Race has been<br />
stopped. Proceed immediately to pit lane (not Pit Stall) in<br />
Single File and follow the instructions of the Officials. Be<br />
prepared to stop on-track only if so directed. Work or<br />
service must not be performed on the Car until the Race<br />
is restarted, except as directed by Race Control.<br />
4.8 Yellow. Indicates an incident, use caution, no passing, slow<br />
down, be prepared to stop.<br />
a. Motionless. The incident is in the area of the flag station,<br />
proceed past incident in Single File.<br />
b. Waived. The incident is in the area by the flag station,<br />
proceed past incident in Single File, the track may be<br />
partly or wholly blocked and safety personnel and/or<br />
equipment may be on-track.<br />
c. Double Steady. The track is considered yellow at all<br />
points simultaneously; the Safety Car is entering the track<br />
(“Full Course Yellow”).<br />
4.9 Yellow with Red Stripes. The racing surface may be<br />
affected by fluids or debris.<br />
4.10 White.<br />
a. Motionless. There is a slow moving Car or safety vehicle<br />
on-track ahead, possibly in the racing line.<br />
b. Waived at Start Line The start of the final lap of the<br />
Race.<br />
SECTION 5 - PADDOCK, PITS & ROAD<br />
5.1 Paddock. The layout and rules of the Paddock are at the<br />
sole discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and no other entity may give<br />
contrary direction. Teams must park in designated areas or<br />
may be towed at operator’s expense. Support Trailers and/or<br />
motor homes (DP Constructors are exempt) are prohibited in<br />
the Paddock.<br />
5.1.1 Space Allocation. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> allocates garages<br />
and paddock space at its sole discretion. The<br />
23
following space is typically allocated to an entered<br />
Car and all equipment must fit within such space:<br />
a. Transporter Size. The maximum length of a<br />
truck/trailer is 76ft (excluding tailgate).<br />
b. DP Awning Size: 75ft X 21ft (75ft X 30ft for<br />
two (2) entered DP Cars).<br />
c. GT & GX (Continental: GS & ST) Awning<br />
Size: 75ft X 18ft (75ft X 26ft for two (2) entered<br />
Cars)<br />
5.1.2 Appearance. The appearance of the Series and<br />
teams must always meet a professional standard.<br />
Transporters must be of tasteful design and kept<br />
clean and in good repair in the sole opinion of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Defacement, damage or theft of<br />
facility property is strictly prohibited. Competitors<br />
must leave their work areas clean and free of trash<br />
or debris.<br />
5.1.3 Advertisement. Unless specifically authorized by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, advertising outside of the confines of<br />
the team’s vehicles, uniforms and permitted awning<br />
space, including but not limited to, direct sales and<br />
marketing efforts, sampling, exhibits and surveying<br />
are strictly prohibited.<br />
5.1.4 Business Transactions/Delivery. Unless specifically<br />
authorized by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, only persons with<br />
Partner or Industry Representative Memberships<br />
and credentials are permitted to conduct business<br />
transactions within the Paddock. A business transaction<br />
includes, but is not limited to, unauthorized<br />
solicitation and/or the delivery of parts or services.<br />
Unauthorized third parties engaging in business<br />
transactions within the Paddock shall be escorted<br />
from the Paddock area and Members so engaged<br />
with<br />
5.1.5 Food. Food service at transporters to anyone other<br />
than direct personnel is prohibited. Providing<br />
catered meals, except through track-authorized<br />
vendors, is prohibited.<br />
5.2 Pit Lane. The layout and rules of the pits are at the sole<br />
discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and no other entity may give<br />
contrary direction. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> allocates Pit Stalls and<br />
communicates the pit set-up and move-in procedures,<br />
including fueling equipment, timing stands, tires, tools and<br />
pit carts. Fueling rigs must not be set up in pit lane until the<br />
24
day of the Race and must be filled only after inspection and<br />
verification by an Official.<br />
5.2.1 Removal from Pits. During a Race, with the<br />
permission of the Race Director, Cars may be<br />
removed from the pit lane in order to complete work<br />
that is hazardous or inconvenient. The Race<br />
Director may assign an Official to observe the work<br />
performed.<br />
5.2.2 Pit Crew Attire. All Members in the pit area must<br />
be adequately attired with long pants, closed-toe<br />
shoes and sleeved shirts at all times during a<br />
Session. Inappropriate attire is prohibited.<br />
5.2.3 Limitation on Crewmembers. During a pit stop, an<br />
individual is determined to be over pit wall if one<br />
foot is touching the ground on the hot pit side of the<br />
wall. Individuals assisting in the service of the Car<br />
from behind the pit wall must keep both feet on the<br />
ground (or whatever they are standing on), at all<br />
times. During a Race, a maximum of four (4) people<br />
total are permitted over pit wall at any time. During<br />
practice, qualifying, or Testing Sessions, Industry<br />
Representatives are not counted in the four (4)<br />
maximum.<br />
a. GT and GX Cars with single lug hubs have<br />
different sporting Regulations for wheel/tire<br />
changing as specified by Bulletin.<br />
b. A Crewmember or Driver assisting a Driver<br />
entering/exiting the Car and/or the mandatory<br />
fire extinguisher Crewmember during fueling<br />
are the only other individuals permitted over<br />
pit wall during a pit stop. The Driver exiting the<br />
Car, the individual assisting the Driver and/or<br />
the mandatory fire extinguisher Crewmember<br />
must not perform any other function and must<br />
immediately return behind pit wall when<br />
finished.<br />
5.2.4 Pit Lane Traffic. Pit lane is divided into three<br />
sections. They are: the working area of the Pit Stalls<br />
closest to the pit wall, the transition lane and the<br />
high-speed lane farthest from the pit wall.<br />
Competitors are responsible for the safe dispatch<br />
of their Car from the Pit Stall into pit lane. Cars<br />
already in pit lane have the right of way. A Car<br />
entering pit lane must yield to Cars already in pit<br />
lane and not attempt to pass such Cars. A Car must<br />
only enter the high-speed lane without impeding a<br />
25
Car that is already in the high-speed lane. Drivers<br />
are expected to use good judgment and avoid<br />
contact when blending into pit lane traffic. If a Car<br />
passes its Pit Stall it must either be pushed backward<br />
to its Pit Stall or complete another lap and<br />
re-enter pit lane. Use of reverse in pit lane is prohibited.<br />
The start and finish of the pit lane speed limit<br />
is marked by cones and/or lines as described in the<br />
Competitor briefings. The pit lane speed limit is 45<br />
MPH unless otherwise specified in the SR for an<br />
Event.<br />
5.2.5 Pit Lane Exit. During Yellow flag conditions the pit<br />
exit determines the restart order. Only the Car in the<br />
Pit Stall nearest to pit out may accelerate directly<br />
toward pit exit, up to 45 MPH, without merging into<br />
the high speed lane. The correct order is determined<br />
by the sequence of Cars across the pit exit<br />
line as determined by Official(s). Any corrections<br />
required in the order must be made on track prior to<br />
the green flag.<br />
5.2.6 Prohibited.<br />
a. Signaling at pit wall<br />
b. Sitting on, standing on or straddling pit wall<br />
c. Crossing pit lane without permission from<br />
Race Control<br />
d. Servicing the car from behind pit wall.<br />
e. Structure/fixture extending over pit wall<br />
f. Structure taller than 14ft<br />
g. In pit lane, Electric tools, electric powered tow<br />
vehicles, 4-wheeler tug vehicles, golf carts or<br />
other type of vehicle except the Car<br />
h. Car leaving Pit Stall with hoses, tools, etc.<br />
attached or driving into or over Crewmembers,<br />
equipment, tools, airlines, parts, wheels, etc.<br />
i. Interfering with another Car(s) by placing or<br />
permitting equipment or tools outside of the<br />
Pit Stall.<br />
j. Blocking or infringing on fire lanes or designated<br />
safety zones with body parts, air tanks,<br />
tools, tires, etc.<br />
k. Push starting the Car, unless with an Official’s<br />
permission and supervision<br />
l. Fueling when a Crewmember is working under<br />
the Car or the Car is on stands<br />
m. Leakage or spillage of fuel<br />
n. Refilling the fueling rig during a pit stop<br />
26
o. Open fuel transfer<br />
p. Adding weight or any other force for the<br />
purpose of increasing fuel flow beyond that of<br />
gravity.<br />
q. Fueling a Car inside permanent garage buildings.<br />
5.2.7 Required<br />
a. When the Car is on-track a minimum of one (1)<br />
Crewmember in the pit box must have radio<br />
communication with the Car and monitoring<br />
the Race Control radio frequency, 461.625<br />
b. Crewmembers and equipment must be behind<br />
pit wall until the Car comes to a complete stop<br />
and must return immediately after the Car<br />
leaves, except to clean up spills<br />
c. All tools and equipment must be stored and<br />
used within the designated Pit Stall<br />
d. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved stands must be used<br />
when working under the Car<br />
e. Fully charged 10lb ABC fire extinguisher in the<br />
Pit Stall<br />
f. Compressed air tanks must be securely<br />
fastened once the protective cap is removed<br />
g. A protective cage around the regulator and<br />
fittings of the air tank<br />
h. All fueling during a Race must take place in the<br />
Car’s Pit Stall except with permission from the<br />
Race Director.<br />
i. Transferring fuel using a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approved air or manual pump<br />
j. Any fueling or transfer of fuel requires a<br />
manned, fully charged, 10lb ABC fire extinguisher<br />
k. When fueling, a Crewmember with a fire extinguisher<br />
must be over pit wall<br />
l. During fueling, all Members over pit wall must<br />
wear a full fire resistant suit<br />
m. Fuelers and fire extinguisher Crewmembers<br />
must wear fire resistant gloves, shoes, socks,<br />
balaclava and eye protection during fueling<br />
5.2.8 Permitted<br />
a. A pole mounted signal may be extended over<br />
pit wall to guide the Car to its Pit Stall once it<br />
has entered pit lane.<br />
b. Immediately prior to and during a pit stop,<br />
equipment or tools may be rested on pit wall,<br />
27
so long as they are in the hands of a<br />
Crewmember.<br />
c. The Driver may remain in the Car and the<br />
engine may be running during refueling.<br />
SECTION 6 - CONDUCT OF EVENTS<br />
6.1 Technical Inspection. All Race Equipment is subject to<br />
inspection by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> at any time and in any manner<br />
determined by the Officials. Competitors must take whatever<br />
steps are requested to facilitate such inspection. All decisions<br />
regarding the timing and manner of inspection, as well<br />
as what Race Equipment is inspected are Conclusive.<br />
Officials determine whether the Race Equipment meets the<br />
applicable Regulations before, after or during the Event and<br />
except as per 6.1.2 and 6.1.6. Only Race Equipment determined<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> to be eligible is permitted in an Event.<br />
No expressed or implied warranty of safety shall result from<br />
the technical inspection or approval. It is at all times solely<br />
the responsibility of the Entrant to have their Car free from<br />
mechanical defects and in a safe racing condition.<br />
6.1.1 Requirement. Race Equipment must comply with<br />
the Regulations at all times during an Event. If<br />
determined that the Race Equipment does not<br />
comply with the Regulations, the Race Director may<br />
declare the Car ineligible for the Event, disallow the<br />
Competitor’s qualifying times, prohibit the<br />
Competitor’s opportunity to qualify for the Event,<br />
and/or make such other determination as may be<br />
appropriate in the interest of competition. If the<br />
Race Director determines in his sole discretion that<br />
a deficiency is so insubstantial that it does not<br />
provide the Competitor with a competitive advantage<br />
and/or does not adversely affect the orderly<br />
conduct of the Event, the Race Director may permit<br />
the Car to participate in the Event.<br />
6.1.2 Pre-Event Inspection. Each entered Car must be<br />
inspected and approved by the Technical Director<br />
or their delegated assistant(s) prior to participation<br />
in any Official Session at an Event.<br />
6.1.3 Post Session Inspections. At the conclusion of<br />
each qualifying Session and Race, Cars may be<br />
selected for post-Session inspection. Car must not<br />
leave pit lane and work on any Car is prohibited<br />
until directed by Officials. It is incumbent on each<br />
Competitor to determine whether their Car is<br />
28
subject to inspection. An inspection fee of up to<br />
$5,000 may be assessed if an engine requires more<br />
than two (2) hours to cool down.<br />
6.1.4 Procedure. When instructed by an Official to report<br />
to the inspection area, Cars must proceed directly<br />
and without delay. Preparation of the Car for<br />
inspection must be performed in a timely manner as<br />
determined by the Technical Director. Only those<br />
persons directed or approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> are<br />
admitted to the inspection area.<br />
6.1.5 Impound. The Technical Manager determines what<br />
Race Equipment is impounded at the conclusion of<br />
a Session. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not responsible for<br />
payment, reimbursement, damage or loss as a<br />
result of such impounding.<br />
6.1.6 Resolution. If a deficiency is found, the Race<br />
Director shall take appropriate actions, including<br />
but not limited to, determining whether a Car is<br />
excluded from the Event, what corrective actions, in<br />
part or in whole, are required to resolve the issue,<br />
and/or impose fines and penalties. If the Car is<br />
permitted to compete, it is prohibited from any<br />
future Event until the deficiency is corrected.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to confiscate any<br />
Race Equipment, without obligation of payment or<br />
reimbursement, which fails to meet the Regulations<br />
or is used or altered in violation of the Regulations.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to require a<br />
Competitor to replace component(s) with a manufacturer’s<br />
original/replacement or other approved<br />
component at any time.<br />
6.1.7 Competitive Analysis. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may determine,<br />
in the interest of competition, that it is<br />
necessary or appropriate to undertake an analysis<br />
of the performance capabilities of Race Equipment.<br />
The Competitor must take whatever steps are<br />
requested by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for this purpose.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not responsible for payment, reimbursement,<br />
damage or loss to the Competitor as a<br />
result of such analysis.<br />
6.1.8 Driver Nominations. At least two (2) Drivers must<br />
be nominated for each Race. The number of nominated<br />
Drivers is limited to: three (3) Drivers for<br />
Races less than six (6) hours, four (4) Drivers for<br />
Races six (6) hours and five (5) Drivers for 24 hour<br />
Races. Any Driver not properly nominated auto-<br />
29
matically forfeits all point awards and prize money<br />
for all Drivers and the Car. A Driver may drive two<br />
(2) Cars in the same class, provided he qualifies and<br />
starts in one (1) of the Cars. After the completion of<br />
the registration process, Driver nomination changes<br />
must only be made at the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> competition<br />
transporter, up to 30 minutes prior to the start of<br />
any practice Session or may be subject to penalty<br />
or fine. Final Driver changes must only be made at<br />
the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> competition transporter no later<br />
than two (2) hours prior to the start of the qualifying<br />
Session. Following such time, Driver championship<br />
points are not awarded to any Driver not properly<br />
nominated. If a Car does not participate in the qualifying<br />
Session, the starting Driver’s name must be<br />
submitted at the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> competition transporter<br />
immediately after the completion of the<br />
qualifying Session.<br />
6.2 Qualifying. Only Drivers as designated by the Entrant and in<br />
accordance with the Regulations must qualify the Car. The<br />
Driver who establishes the Car’s qualifying time must start<br />
that Car in the Race, even if the Car fails to qualify but is<br />
permitted to participate in the Race.<br />
6.2.1 Procedure. All Cars must arrive in their Pit Stall<br />
prior to start of the Session on qualifying tires. Work<br />
may be performed on the Car except for adding fuel<br />
and/or changing tires until the Car leaves the Pit Stall<br />
for the first time. Once the Car has left the Pit Stall, it<br />
must not be touched, except by the Driver exiting<br />
the Car. Unless specifically permitted by an Official,<br />
if the Car is otherwise touched once it has left its Pit<br />
Stall during the qualifying Session, it must start from<br />
the rear of the grid. The Race Director may alter the<br />
qualifying procedure(s) at his discretion.<br />
6.2.2 Procedure. All cars must arrive in their Pit Stall<br />
prior to start on qualifying tires. Work may be<br />
performed on the car (except for adding fuel or<br />
changing tires) until the car leaves the Pit Stall for<br />
the 1st time. Once the car has left the Pit Stall it<br />
may not be touched except for the Driver exiting<br />
the car. Unless specifically permitted by an Official,<br />
if the car is touched once it has left its Pit Stall<br />
during the qualifying Session, except for the Driver<br />
exiting the car, it shall start from the rear of the grid.<br />
The Race Director may alter the qualifying procedures<br />
at his discretion.<br />
30
6.2.3 Grid Position. Car/Driver combinations are positioned<br />
on the starting grid in the order of their<br />
qualifying times, with the fastest at the front. When<br />
two or more classes of Cars are part of the same<br />
Race, the classes are separated and lined up in<br />
order by the qualifying times of: DP ahead of GT,<br />
ahead of GX (Continental: GS ahead of ST). Pole<br />
Position (starting position of the fastest qualifier) is<br />
defined as the inside side of the grid relative to the<br />
first numbered corner of the track following the<br />
Starting Line. Car(s) moved to the rear of the grid<br />
are ordered on a first come, first served basis.<br />
a. Ties. In the event that two Drivers set an identical<br />
time, the higher grid position shall be<br />
awarded to the Driver that set it first.<br />
b. Driver Change. If any Driver other than the<br />
qualifying Driver will start the Race, the Entrant<br />
must give written notice to the Race Director<br />
at the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> competition transporter no<br />
later than two (2) hours prior to the start of the<br />
Race and the Car must start from the rear of<br />
the grid.<br />
c. Engine Change. For any Car requiring an<br />
engine change following the qualifying<br />
Session, the Entrant must give written notice<br />
to the Race Director at the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
competition transporter no later than two (2)<br />
hours prior to the start of the Race. For Races<br />
six (6) hours or less, such Car(s) must start<br />
from the rear of the grid.<br />
6.2.3 Black Flag. If a Car causes a black flag all situation<br />
during a qualifying Session, its fastest lap is<br />
deleted, it must exit the track immediately and must<br />
not return for the remainder of the qualifying<br />
Session.<br />
6.2.4 Qualifying Abandonment. In the event that the<br />
Race Director determines that qualifying must be<br />
abandoned, the grid order shall be established by<br />
other means.<br />
6.2.5 Other Means. Should other means be required to<br />
set the grid, each class shall be gridded together in<br />
the order DP, GT, GX. Within each class, the Cars<br />
shall be ordered by the following priority.<br />
6.2.5.1 The Driver in each Car with the most<br />
Driver Championship points in that<br />
same class for the current season-<br />
31
shall be gridded first, with other Cars<br />
following in descending order.<br />
Tiebreaker per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Article<br />
9.7 then 6.2.5.2<br />
6.2.5.2 Should none of the Drivers in a Car<br />
have Driver Championship points in<br />
that same class for the current<br />
season, the Car shall be gridded by<br />
the Driver in the Car with the most<br />
Driver Championship points in that<br />
same class from the previous<br />
season. Already tie broken, then<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Article 6.2.5.3<br />
6.2.5.3 Should none of the Drivers in a Car<br />
have Driver Championship points in<br />
that same class for the current or<br />
previous season, the Car shall be<br />
gridded in the order of Driver<br />
Championship pointed earned in any<br />
class from the previous season.<br />
Tiebreaker by class order per<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Article 6.2.5, then 6.2.5.4<br />
6.2.5.4 Should none of the Drivers in a Car<br />
have Driver Championship points for<br />
the current or previous season, the<br />
Car shall be gridded by its performance<br />
in any preceding official<br />
Session(s) (combined) at the Event<br />
but behind Cars with Drivers having<br />
Championship points per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> Article 6.2.5.1 through 6.2.5.2.<br />
Tiebreaker per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Article<br />
6.2.5.5.<br />
6.2.5.5 Should any one or all of these individual<br />
circumstances not be<br />
applicable to a particular car(s), the<br />
Race Director may place the Car(s)<br />
on the grid at his discretion.<br />
6.3 Fan Walk. Pit lane opens approximately 60 minutes prior to<br />
the scheduled start of the Race for the fan walk. Competitors<br />
must drive or push the Car to its Pit Stall at the time stated<br />
in the Driver meeting. Teams may be penalized for not participating<br />
in the Fan Walk.<br />
32
6.4 Pre-Race.<br />
6.4.1 Once the Car arrives in the Pit Stall, teams may<br />
service the Car. Fueling is prohibited from the time<br />
the Car is in the Pit Stall until the Car passes the<br />
Start Line for the first time during the Race.<br />
6.4.2 Exploratory Laps. Upon conclusion of the fan<br />
walk, the pit exit opens for five (5) minutes and all<br />
Cars must complete at least one (1) exploratory lap<br />
or forfeit their grid position and must start the Race<br />
from the pit exit. After completing a minimum of one<br />
(1) exploratory lap, Driver may elect to: (i) Drive<br />
through pit lane with caution and undertake another<br />
exploratory lap, provided the pit exit is open; (ii)<br />
Take their grid position; or (iii) Return to their Pit<br />
Stall. A Car remaining in its Pit Stall after the pit exit<br />
is closed forfeits its grid position and must start the<br />
Race from the pit exit, in the order of arrival. The<br />
Safety Car takes up position at the front of the grid<br />
during this time.<br />
6.4.3 Starting Grid. After the pit exit is closed, Cars ontrack<br />
may proceed to their grid position or Pit Stall.<br />
Cars returning to their Pit Stall forfeit their grid position<br />
and must start the Race from pit exit, in the<br />
order of arrival. Once in the grid position or pit lane,<br />
engines must be turned off until the command to<br />
start the engines is given.<br />
6.4.4 Formation Laps. Formation laps are led by a<br />
Safety Car. There are two (2) formation laps, unless<br />
otherwise determined by the Race Director.<br />
6.4.4 Unable to Start on Grid. Cars not participating in<br />
the formation laps, Cars unable to maintain the<br />
speed of the Safety Car and/or Cars that fall out of<br />
position during the formation laps, must relinquish<br />
their position. Any Car unable to leave the grid with<br />
all running Cars must start from the pit exit, in the<br />
order of arrival. If a Car cannot maintain the speed<br />
of the Safety Car and is repositioned at the rear of<br />
the field or is starting from pit lane, the Car’s original<br />
grid position is filled by the Car in the column<br />
immediately behind it, with all subsequent Cars<br />
behind this Car, moving up from behind also.<br />
6.5 Race Start and Restart Procedures<br />
6.5.1 Scoring. Timing and scoring begins when the<br />
leader crosses the Start Line after the conclusion of<br />
33
the last formation lap, regardless of the display of<br />
the starting flag.<br />
6.5.2 Race Start. Cars must not pass the Safety Car until<br />
it has exited the track. The pole sitter has earned<br />
the right to start the Race. All Cars must maintain<br />
the speed of the Safety Car until the pole sitter<br />
reaches the “start zone”. The “start zone” is indicated<br />
by cones and/or stripes on both sides of the<br />
track. The pole sitter may accelerate upon reaching<br />
the “start zone” and the green flag shall be<br />
displayed while the pole sitter is within the “start<br />
zone”. Cars must not improve, or begin to improve<br />
their position (pulling out of line is improving position)<br />
and must remain in order within their starting<br />
column until they individually cross the Start Line<br />
after display of the green flag. Cars must not pass<br />
or begin to initiate a pass prior to that Car crossing<br />
the Start Line after the green flag is displayed.<br />
Gamesmanship, brake checking or manipulation of<br />
the pace or procedure is prohibited. Any violation of<br />
the Race Start regulations may be penalized for<br />
False Start. A missed shift, wheel spin or another<br />
unavoidable situation on the start shall be judged<br />
by the Officials. Such judgment is Conclusive.<br />
6.5.3 Wave Off. If it is required to abandon the start and<br />
to continue for an additional lap(s) at Safety Car<br />
speed, the starter shall wave a yellow flag prior to<br />
the pole sitter arriving at the “start zone”. The pole<br />
sitter and all Cars must then complete another lap<br />
at Safety Car speed in anticipation of the Start<br />
procedure as described in Article 6.5.2.<br />
6.5.4 Starting from Pit Exit. Cars at pit exit may start the<br />
Race behind the field when directed by the Official<br />
at pit exit.<br />
6.6 Race Interruption (Red Flag)<br />
6.6.1 Restart. If the Race is stopped prior to the<br />
completion of one (1) lap, the Race Director may<br />
order a complete restart according to the starting<br />
positions. After the completion of one (1) lap, Cars<br />
must line up Single File in the overall order in which<br />
the Cars completed the last scored lap.<br />
6.6.2 No Restart. A Race that is interrupted after the<br />
completion of 50% or more of the Race and is not<br />
restarted is scored as of the last completed green<br />
34
lap. A Race interrupted and not restarted in duration<br />
of less than 50% may be declared incomplete.<br />
If declared incomplete, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is not obligated<br />
to distribute awards and/or points. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
may readjust and/or account for point eligibility<br />
under this circumstance in order to maintain<br />
consistent Driver team pairings and point totals at<br />
its sole discretion.<br />
6.7 Mandatory Pit Stops. In Races where a pit stop is required<br />
prior to a specific time, this requirement is fulfilled on pit<br />
stops occurring after the Car has crossed the Start Line for<br />
the first time. The time for mandatory pit stops is measured<br />
at the Commitment Line.<br />
6.8 Drive Time Restrictions. A Driver must not drive for more<br />
than three and one half (3½) hours consecutively. After<br />
driving a minimum of three and one half (3½) consecutive<br />
hours, a Driver must take a minimum one (1) hour rest prior<br />
to returning to competition. The total maximum driving time<br />
permitted during a 6-hour Race is five (5) hours. For Races<br />
longer than six (6) hours, driving time is limited to a maximum<br />
of 14 hours total.<br />
6.9 Race Completion. The Race officially ends when the overall<br />
leader crosses the Finish Line at the display of the checkered<br />
flag. Finishing positions are determined according to the<br />
number of laps completed, regardless of whether the Car is<br />
running at the finish. Cars completing the same number of<br />
laps are ranked according to the time taken to complete<br />
those laps. The finishing position of a Car that does not<br />
complete one (1) lap is determined by its starting position in<br />
relation to any other Car(s) that do not complete one (1) lap.<br />
6.10 On-Track Rules. Only the Driver is permitted to refuel or<br />
service a Car behind the first line of protection and only with<br />
the approval of the Race Director. Outside assistance is<br />
prohibited. A Driver must not push his Car; however, a<br />
Course Marshal may push or tow a disabled Car to a safe<br />
location without penalty to the Competitor. The track is<br />
defined on both sides by painted verge lines or the edge of<br />
the pavement. A Car four wheels off track must re-enter<br />
safely, gain no advantage and must not interfere with,<br />
contact or cause a Car on track to deviate from its line.<br />
35
6.11 Safety Car.<br />
6.11.1 The Safety Car may be brought into operation to<br />
neutralize the Race at the discretion of the Race<br />
Director, who may dispatch the Safety Car at any<br />
time during an Event in order to correct a hazardous<br />
situation. The primary purpose of the Safety Car is<br />
to create a traffic interval on the track so that the<br />
Safety Team or marshals may handle emergencies<br />
more safely and quickly.<br />
6.11.2 Drivers are warned that a Safety Car will be used<br />
when Race Control announces: Full Course Yellow,<br />
Pits are closed. Simultaneously, the Starter and all<br />
corner stations display two motionless yellow flags,<br />
the Car’s “Safety Light System” is illuminated and,<br />
when the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Yellow Condition System is<br />
in use, Drivers may also be warned by yellow<br />
flashing or motionless lights. Overtaking is prohibited<br />
on the track. When possible, the Safety Car will<br />
enter the course ahead of the overall leader, who<br />
must slow down to facilitate this. All competitors<br />
must then follow the Safety Car in Single File.<br />
6.11.3 Cars must catch up with the field as quickly as<br />
possible consistent with safety. It is prohibited for a<br />
Driver to pass the Safety Car unless specifically<br />
instructed to do so.<br />
6.11.4 Failure of the overall leader to slow down and take<br />
up position behind the Safety Car may result in a<br />
One (1) lap or other penalty.<br />
6.11.5 The Race Director may modify this procedure, if at<br />
his sole discretion, he believes conditions exist that<br />
warrant such modification, including not picking up<br />
the overall race leader at the beginning of the intervention<br />
if immediate dispatching is deemed critical.<br />
If the Safety Car does not pick up the overall leader<br />
at the beginning of the intervention, the Safety Car<br />
will wave by Cars between the Safety Car and the<br />
overall leader, as directed by Race Control.<br />
6.12 Standard Full Course Yellow<br />
6.13 Pass-Around and Pit Stops:<br />
6.13.1 The pit entrance is closed from the beginning of the<br />
Safety Car intervention until the Safety Car has<br />
picked up the overall leader and main field and any<br />
Pass-Around has been completed.<br />
36
6.13.2 If deemed appropriate, the Race Director will<br />
authorize the Pass-Around for any Car that has<br />
their class leader behind them in the order circulating<br />
behind the Safety Car.<br />
6.13.3 Any Car(s) participating in the Pass-Around must,<br />
throughout the procedure, remain in Single File, in<br />
the order initially established behind the Safety Car,<br />
unless otherwise instructed by Race Control.<br />
6.13.4 Cars participating in the Pass-Around must, only<br />
when directed, overtake the Safety Car on the right,<br />
in Single File and circulate as quickly as possible<br />
consistent with safety to rejoin the field at the rear<br />
of the Car(s) remaining behind the Safety Car.<br />
Penalty for Pass-Around when ineligible: Stop and<br />
Hold for time equal to two (2) Race laps.<br />
6.13.5. The Race Director will instruct officials to re-open<br />
the pits.<br />
6.13.6.<br />
a. Only DP Cars are permitted to pit on the first<br />
lap after the pits are declared open.<br />
(Continental: Only GS Cars.)<br />
b. Only GT and GX Cars are permitted to pit on<br />
the subsequent lap. (Continental: Only ST<br />
Cars.)<br />
c. After Safety Car and Cars that have not pitted<br />
are past the Start Line, Race Control shall<br />
wave by any DP, GT and GX Cars behind the<br />
Safety Car that were not on the lead lap at the<br />
time of the Full Course Yellow and that stayed<br />
out behind the Safety Car that are ahead of<br />
Cars in their class in the order behind the<br />
Safety Car that were on the lead lap as determined<br />
at the time of the Full Course Yellow.<br />
Waved By Cars may pit. (Continental: GS and<br />
ST.)<br />
d. Any Car(s) may pit on subsequent laps<br />
following the “Class Split”.<br />
e. A Car disabled as the result of an incident,<br />
running out of fuel, flat tire or similar mechanical<br />
handicap, in the sole opinion of the Race<br />
Director, may enter a closed pit (or not open<br />
for that class) and receive assistance only to<br />
remedy the immediate concern. (Penalty is<br />
Stop plus 20 seconds under green flag conditions.)<br />
37
f. Any Car not disabled, that enters while the pits<br />
are closed (or not open for that class) and<br />
receives assistance may be penalized. (Stop +<br />
60)<br />
g. The class-specific separation for pit stops is<br />
not in effect during the last 45 minutes of the<br />
Race.<br />
6.14 Wave-By and End of Operation:<br />
6.14.1 If there are Cars between the Safety Car and the<br />
first class leader in line, the Race Director will<br />
instruct the Wave-By of any Cars that are between<br />
the Safety Car and that first class leader.<br />
6.14.2 If during the process, that class leader enters the<br />
pits, the Safety Car will pick up the Car which<br />
remains on the track that was the most immediately/directly<br />
behind that class leader at the time<br />
the Wave-By was requested.<br />
6.14.3 Waved By Car(s) that then pit are held at the pit exit<br />
until the main field has passed the pit exit.<br />
6.14.4 Class Split. In a mixed-class Event, immediately<br />
following the Wave-By (if performed), or after the<br />
pits are open for DP, GT and GX Cars that stayed<br />
out (if not performed), Race Control shall conduct a<br />
“Class Split”. Cars in the GT and GX classes must<br />
remain in running order, move left, and permit<br />
eligible DP Cars to move right and pass any GT and<br />
GX Cars in Single File. For the restart, the order<br />
shall be: DP class leader ahead of DP main field,<br />
followed by the combined GT/GX main field.<br />
(Continental: ST Cars move left to permit GS Cars<br />
to move up. Restart order is: GS class leader ahead<br />
of GS main field followed by the ST main field.)<br />
6.15 Restart:<br />
6.15.1 When the Race Director has determined that the<br />
course is clear and acceptable for the continuation<br />
of competition, he will instruct the Safety Car to<br />
extinguish its flashing lights, the Car’s “Safety Light<br />
System” is turned off and where in use, the Grand-<br />
Am Yellow Condition System lights are also<br />
extinguished, indicating this is the final lap of this<br />
Safety Car intervention. The Safety Car then exits<br />
the track at the location specified by the Race<br />
Director.<br />
6.15.2 The Car immediately behind the Safety Car prior to<br />
the restart must maintain the previous slow speed<br />
38
of the Safety Car until the place on the track<br />
described at the Driver briefing, at which time<br />
acceleration may begin. When the green flag is<br />
displayed, racing – overtaking – recommences.<br />
Manipulation of this pace is considered an infraction<br />
and may be penalized.<br />
6.16 Short Full Course Yellow<br />
6.16.1 A short Full Course Yellow procedure is used if a Full<br />
Course Yellow occurs within 45 minutes of the<br />
scheduled end of the Race and/or within 15 minutes<br />
of a previous green flag (including the Race start).<br />
6.17 Pass-Around and Pit Stops:<br />
6.17.1 The pit entrance is closed from the beginning of the<br />
Safety Car intervention until the Safety Car has<br />
picked up the overall leader and main field and any<br />
Pass-Around has been completed.<br />
6.17.2 If deemed appropriate, the Race Director will<br />
authorize the Pass-Around for any Car that has<br />
their class leader behind them in the order circulating<br />
behind the Safety Car.<br />
6.17.3 Any Car(s) participating in the Pass-Around must,<br />
throughout the procedure, remain in Single File, in<br />
the order initially established behind the Safety Car<br />
unless otherwise instructed by Race Control.<br />
6.17.4 Cars participating in the Pass-Around must, only<br />
when directed, overtake the Safety Car on the right,<br />
in Single File and circulate as quickly as possible<br />
consistent with safety to rejoin the field at the rear<br />
of the Car(s) remaining behind the Safety Car.<br />
Penalty for Pass-Around when ineligible: Stop and<br />
Hold for time equal to two (2) Race laps.<br />
6.17.5. The Race Director will instruct officials to re-open<br />
the pits.<br />
6.17.6.<br />
a. All Cars are permitted to pit on the first lap<br />
after the pits are declared open.<br />
b. Any Cars are permitted to pit on laps after the<br />
first opportunity to pit is concluded.<br />
c. A Car disabled as the result of an incident,<br />
running out of fuel, flat tire or similar mechanical<br />
handicap, in the sole opinion of the Race<br />
Director, may enter a closed pit and receive<br />
assistance only to remedy the immediate<br />
concern. (Penalty is Stop plus 20 seconds<br />
under green flag conditions.)<br />
39
d. Any Car not disabled, that enters while the pits<br />
are closed and receives assistance may be<br />
penalized. (Stop + 60)<br />
6.18 Wave-By and End of Operation:<br />
6.18.1 If there are Cars between the Safety Car and the<br />
first class leader in line, the Race Director will<br />
instruct the Wave-By of any Cars that are between<br />
the Safety Car and the first class leader.<br />
6.18.2 If during the process, that class leader enters the<br />
pits, the Safety Car will pick up the Car which<br />
remains on the track that was the most immediately/directly<br />
behind that class leader at the time<br />
the Wave-By was requested.<br />
6.18.3 Waved By Car(s) that then pit are held at the pit exit<br />
until the main field has passed the pit exit.<br />
6.18.4 Class Split. In a mixed-class Event, immediately<br />
following the Wave-By (if performed), or after the<br />
pits are open for Any Cars (if not performed), Race<br />
Control shall conduct a “Class Split”. Cars in the<br />
GT and GX classes must move left and permit<br />
eligible DP Cars to move right and pass any GT and<br />
GX Cars in Single File. For the restart, the order<br />
shall be: DP class leader ahead of DP main field,<br />
followed by the combined GT/GX main field.<br />
(Continental: GS class leader ahead of GS main<br />
field followed by the ST main field.)<br />
6.19 Extended Full Course Yellow:<br />
6.19.1 In situations where a Full Course Yellow lasts for a<br />
long period (approximately 60 minutes or more), the<br />
Race Director may call another “Wave-By” and/or<br />
“Class Split”, prior to restarting the Race.<br />
6.19.2 In preparation for a return to racing, the Race<br />
Director will order the pit entry closed.<br />
6.19.3 After the Safety Car has the field under control, the<br />
Race Director will instruct officials to re-open the<br />
pits.<br />
a. A Car disabled as the result of an incident,<br />
running out of fuel, flat tire or similar mechanical<br />
handicap, in the sole opinion of the Race<br />
Director, may enter a closed pit and receive<br />
assistance only to remedy the immediate<br />
concern. (Penalty is Stop plus 20 seconds<br />
under green flag conditions.)<br />
40
. Any Car not disabled, that enters while the pits<br />
are closed and receives assistance may<br />
receive a penalty. (Stop + 60)<br />
6.20 Wave-By and End of Operation:<br />
6.20.1 If the Race Director deems it appropriate, he will<br />
instruct the Wave-By of any Cars that are between<br />
the Safety Car and the first class leader.<br />
6.20.2 If during the process, that class leader enters the<br />
pits, the Safety Car will pick up the Car which<br />
remains on the track that was the most immediately/directly<br />
behind that class leader at the time<br />
the Wave-By was requested.<br />
6.20.3 Waved By Car(s) that then pit are held at the pit exit<br />
until the main field has passed the pit exit.<br />
6.20.4 Class Split. In a mixed-class Event, immediately<br />
following the Wave-By (if performed), or after the<br />
pits are open for Any Cars (if not performed), Race<br />
Control shall conduct a “Class Split”. Cars in the<br />
GT and GX classes must move left and permit<br />
eligible DP Cars to move right and pass any GT and<br />
GX Cars in Single File. For the restart, the order<br />
shall be: DP class leader ahead of DP main field,<br />
followed by the combined GT/GX main field.<br />
(Continental: GS class leader ahead of GS main<br />
field followed by the ST main field.)<br />
6.20.5 Car(s) in any class that are waved by to the first<br />
class leader in preparation for the Class Split and<br />
restart may pit but in any case, must not participate<br />
in the Class Split.<br />
6.21 Competition Penalties. Officials may impose a time or lap<br />
penalty during a Race that include but are not limited to,<br />
being called to the Pit Stall, being held in the Pit Stall for a<br />
period of time or number of laps, or adding time to the Car’s<br />
finishing time at the end of the Race. These penalties are<br />
Conclusive.<br />
6.20.1 Procedure. Penalties imposed under Full Course<br />
Yellow are at double (2 times) the listed time, unless<br />
specifically required to be imposed under a green<br />
flag. The Car must receive the green flag at the<br />
Start Line and then enter the pit lane for the penalty<br />
to qualify as being served under a green flag.<br />
Penalties must be served within four (4) laps of<br />
issuance. The following standard penalties may be<br />
imposed during a Session:<br />
41
6.20.2 Hold Car in Pit Stall for 10 seconds for:<br />
a. Crewmember/equipment over pit wall before<br />
the Car stops<br />
b. Crewmember over pit wall with improper attire<br />
(ejected from pit lane until properly attired)<br />
c. Fueler with exposed facial hair or without eye<br />
protection<br />
d. Fire extinguisher improperly manned<br />
6.21.3 Hold Car in Pit Stall for 20 seconds for:<br />
a. Exceed max number of Crewmembers over pit<br />
wall<br />
b. Exceed max number of Crewmembers<br />
working on Car<br />
6.21.4 Hold Car in Pit Stall for 60 seconds for:<br />
a. Working under Car during fueling or without<br />
approved stands<br />
b. Improper/inoperative shutoff valve<br />
6.21.5 Stop & Go (under green flag) for:<br />
a. False Start/Restart<br />
6.21.6 Stop & Go+20 seconds (under green flag) for:<br />
a. Pitting while pits are closed or not open for<br />
your class during a Full Course Yellow<br />
6.21.7 Stop & Go+30 seconds (under green flag) for:<br />
a. Leaving Pit Stall with equipment, hose, tools<br />
attached<br />
b. Hitting or running over Personnel/Race<br />
Equipment<br />
6.21.8 Stop & Go+60 seconds (under green flag) for:<br />
a. Taking more than emergency service while pits<br />
are closed/not open for Car class during Full<br />
Course Yellow<br />
b. Not holding at pit exit or other Full Course<br />
Yellow violation<br />
6.21.9 Drive through Pit Lane for:<br />
a. Exceeding pit lane speed limit<br />
b. Short-cutting the track<br />
SECTION 7 - REQUIRED EQUIPMENT.<br />
7.1 Fueling Rig. All fueling during a Race must be done only in<br />
the Car’s Pit Stall using a Spec Fueling Rig, CV Products part<br />
number: CVT FR 2005GA, in accordance with the<br />
Regulations except per 6.10. The fueling rig must be used as<br />
designed and delivered with the exception of items permitted<br />
in 7.1.7. During practice Sessions, a Car may be fueled in its<br />
42
Pit Stall from an approved vented container no larger than six<br />
(6) U.S. gallons capacity and equipped with an approved drybreak.<br />
7.1.1 Fuel Storage. Competitors are permitted to store<br />
up to an additional 55 gallons of fuel in the pit box.<br />
7.1.2 System. The fueling rig must have a restrictor<br />
attaching the 1.5” diameter fuel delivery hose to the<br />
specified red-head dry-break. All fuel must pass<br />
through the restrictor. Fuel delivery hose length<br />
must be a minimum of 10 ft.<br />
7.1.3 Restrictor. DP requires a 1.1” black restrictor. GT:<br />
see Specific Car Regulations. GX: see Specific Car<br />
Regulations. (Continental: GS and ST require a blue<br />
1” restrictor.)<br />
7.1.4 Dry-Break. The dry-break must be the unmodified<br />
ATL red-head, part number RE105, unless otherwise<br />
authorized inthe Specific Car Regulations or<br />
as below:<br />
a. DP must use a dual probe fuel and vent drybreak<br />
coupler system.<br />
b. GT must use a dual probe fuel and vent drybreak<br />
coupler system.<br />
c. GX must use a dual probe fuel and vent drybreak<br />
coupler system.<br />
d. (Continental: GS and ST may use a single drybreak<br />
with discriminator valve or a double<br />
dry-break coupler system and may use<br />
#PP125DVR10 dual dry-break.)<br />
7.1.5 Height. The maximum overall height of 6 ft.<br />
(excluding the vent) is measured from the pit lane<br />
surface of the Pit Stall. The fueling rig must have<br />
adjustable legs in order to compensate for various<br />
pavement levels. No parts of the fueling rig or its<br />
fitting or hoses are permitted to protrude past the<br />
front plane of the pit wall except during refueling of<br />
the Car.<br />
7.1.6 Shutoff Valve. The shutoff valve must operate on<br />
the “dead man” principle and must immediately<br />
stop the flow of fuel into the fueling hose when<br />
unmanned. The shutoff valve must not be fitted with<br />
any device permitting or forcing it to stay in the<br />
open position. Bracing to the legs and/or tank<br />
brackets of the fueling rig must support the shutoff<br />
valve assembly.<br />
7.1.7 Permitted<br />
a. Additional sight tubes<br />
43
. A discriminator valve on the fill cap<br />
c. A second shutoff valve in the vent stack above<br />
the cast vent line fitting.<br />
d. The 1.5” diameter hose coupler attaching the<br />
fuel delivery hose to the fueling rig may be<br />
bored to a maximum diameter of 1.300”.<br />
e. A 90 degree supply elbow fitting, part number<br />
CVT FR90.<br />
f. A 45 degree supply elbow fitting, part number<br />
CVT FR45.<br />
g. The IMSA fuel tank. (Must use all <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
required fittings, shutoff valve and restrictors.)<br />
7.2 Driver ID Transmitters. Each Car must be fitted (left front<br />
wheel well) with a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified Driver I.D. <strong>AM</strong>B<br />
transmitter and wiring harness (“Transmitter”) during all<br />
Sessions. The one-time cost for a Transmitter from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> is $1,500. Entrant must record and confirm the<br />
Transmitter number during technical inspection. Improper<br />
use, non-function or loss of the Transmitter requires immediate<br />
repair or replacement. At <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s request, the<br />
Car must also use a second transmitter.<br />
7.3 Safety Light System. Each Car must be fitted with a<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified light, antenna and mounting bracket<br />
(“Safety Light System”). Entrants are provided a Safety Light<br />
System and wiring instructions upon completion of Car<br />
registration at no cost. Entrant must supply additional wiring<br />
per the installation instructions. The yellow warning light<br />
must be prominently located on the Car’s dash in clear line<br />
of sight for the Driver. The activating receiver is provided by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> during technical inspection at each Event and<br />
remains the property of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Entrants are required to<br />
surrender the receiver when required by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. A lost<br />
or damaged receiver is subject to a $2,000 fee.<br />
SECTION 8 - DISCIPLINARY ACTION, PROTEST & APPEALS<br />
8.1 Penalty. Any Member that violates any Regulation or<br />
attempts to bribe anyone involved with an Event or is party<br />
to fraud or any act detrimental to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of<br />
automobile racing, may be penalized as determined by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in its sole discretion. The authority to assess<br />
penalties is not limited to violations occurring during an<br />
Event.<br />
44
8.1.1 Issuance of Penalty. The Race Director may<br />
impose any penalty deemed appropriate, including<br />
but not limited to, reprimand, monetary fine, loss of<br />
points, loss of prize money, loss of time, loss of<br />
lap(s), exclusion, disqualification, suspension or<br />
revocation of Membership or competition privileges,<br />
probation, expulsion from an Event, or any<br />
combinations thereof. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the<br />
right to withhold purse and/or prize money.<br />
8.1.2 Monetary Fines. All monetary fines must be paid<br />
within one (1) week from notice of the penalty. A<br />
Member must not participate in an Event until all<br />
fines are paid in full. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may withhold or<br />
deduct prize money due to the Member until all<br />
fines are paid in full.<br />
8.2 General Administration<br />
8.2.1 Final and Not Subject to Protest or Appeal. The<br />
following matters and all actions, decisions, rulings<br />
and/orpenalties made or taken with respect to such<br />
matters are Conclusive.<br />
a. Any action or decision (or alleged inaction) by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> arising out of an Event except<br />
those directly related to a Car’s technical<br />
compliance;<br />
b. Any Race Procedure penalty<br />
c. Any decision with respect to timing and<br />
scoring<br />
d. A decision as to whether a matter is or is not<br />
Conclusive<br />
e. Revocation of credentials or parking privileges<br />
at an Event<br />
8.2.2 Publication. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to<br />
publicize penalties, protests, appeals and/or the<br />
decisions thereof and the persons, or entity referred<br />
to in the publication shall have no right of action<br />
against <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
8.2.3 Bad Faith. If <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> determines that the<br />
submitter of a protest and/or appeal has acted in<br />
bad faith, the Entrant shall be in violation of the<br />
Regulations and may be penalized.<br />
8.3 Timing and Scoring Results.<br />
8.3.1 Results. Results remain unofficial until 24 hours<br />
following the conclusion of the Event.<br />
45
8.4 Protest. The right to protest rests only with an Entrant taking<br />
part in the Event in question. An Entrant may protest a decision,<br />
act or omission of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, an Official, Competitor<br />
or other person connected with the Event, considered to be<br />
in violation of the Regulations and causing a significant unfair<br />
competitive advantage.<br />
8.4.1 Notice of Protest. The protest must be delivered to<br />
the Race Director, in writing, stating the specific<br />
Regulation alleged to have been violated and the<br />
complete details of the alleged violation. The<br />
protest must be signed by the Entrant making the<br />
protest and accompanied by the protest fee of<br />
$2,500 payable to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. The protest fee<br />
may be retained or returned, in whole or part, at the<br />
discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Time limits for protests<br />
are as follows and the Race Director may, at his<br />
sole discretion, extend any protest time limit:<br />
a. A protest against Race Equipment must be<br />
received prior to the scheduled close of pre-<br />
Race technical inspection for the relevant Event.<br />
b. A protest against a General Sporting<br />
Regulation violation during a Session must be<br />
received within 30 minutes after the end of the<br />
applicable Session.<br />
8.4.2 Against a Car. If a protest is made against a Car’s<br />
eligibility, the Entrant must provide, in addition to<br />
the protest fee, an additional protest inspection fee<br />
of $3,000. The protest inspection fee is returned<br />
only if the protest is found to be valid. Any Entrant<br />
who does not permit inspection of their Car is<br />
subject to immediate disqualification from the<br />
Event.<br />
8.4.3 Review. The Race Director shall deliver the Protest<br />
fee and materials to the Supervisory Officials. The<br />
Supervisory Officials first determine whether the<br />
matter in question is subject to protest under the<br />
Regulations. Such decisions are Conclusive.<br />
8.4.4 Hearing. If the matter is found to be protestable,<br />
the Supervisory Officials shall identify the parties<br />
involved and facilitate the timely procurement of all<br />
documents, data and/or other evidence deemed<br />
necessary at their discretion to render a fair<br />
decision. The Supervisory Officials shall endeavor<br />
to hear the protest as soon as practical and may act<br />
within a quorum of three (3). A Supervisory Officials<br />
factually involved shall recuse themselves from<br />
46
participation in the protest hearing. The Supervisory<br />
Officials shall establish the most appropriate procedure<br />
for hearing the protest and inform all parties of<br />
such procedure prior to the hearing. The<br />
Supervisory Officials, or parties to the protest at<br />
their own expense, may call witnesses or present<br />
evidence, but the protestant must present their own<br />
case and must not be represented at the hearing by<br />
another individual or attorney. Other persons must<br />
not be present at the protest hearing except those<br />
permitted by the Supervisory Officials. Failure of the<br />
protestant to appear as requested or otherwise fail<br />
to respond to any investigatory request of the<br />
Supervisory Officials may result in the dismissal of<br />
the protest with prejudice.<br />
8.4.5 Decision. In deciding the outcome, the Supervisory<br />
Officials may take any action deemed appropriate<br />
in the interest of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of automobile<br />
racing including but not limited to, revising<br />
the results, imposing penalties, or taking no action<br />
at all, but under no circumstances shall they order<br />
an Event or any portion thereof to be rerun. A copy<br />
of the decision is sent to all parties to the appeal<br />
after the decision becomes final. All parties<br />
concerned are bound by the decision, subject only<br />
to the rights of appeal as provided in the<br />
Regulations.<br />
8.4.6 Withholding Awards. With the exception of post-<br />
Race podium ceremonies, the distribution of<br />
awards occurs after the period for receiving<br />
protests has elapsed. When a protest that would<br />
affect distribution of awards has been lodged,<br />
distribution of any awards affected by the protest<br />
are withheld and the results provisional until the<br />
protest has been settled.<br />
8.5 Appeal. Provided the applicable protest procedures have<br />
been properly exercised, the Entrant has the right to appeal<br />
any decision or penalty issued against that Entrant, except<br />
as otherwise prohibited.<br />
8.5.1 Notice of Appeal. Notice of intent to appeal must<br />
be delivered to the Race Director within one (1) hour<br />
from notice of the protest decision. Formal written<br />
notice of an appeal must be delivered to the<br />
President at Headquarters no later than 5:00 pm<br />
eastern, the second business day after the notice of<br />
47
the protest decision or penalty. The written notice of<br />
appeal, signed by the appellant, specifying the<br />
grounds for appeal, must include the appeal fee of<br />
$5,000 payable to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, half of which is<br />
retained by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> regardless of any decision.<br />
8.5.2 Review. The President, in his sole discretion, determines<br />
whether any appeal is reasonable, complies<br />
with the Regulations and if it shall be heard by the<br />
Supervisory Officials. Such decisions are Conclusive.<br />
8.5.3 Hearing. If the matter is permitted, the Supervisory<br />
Officials shall endeavor to hear the appeal as soon<br />
as practical and may act within a quorum of three<br />
(3). A Supervisory Official factually involved shall<br />
recuse themselves from participation in the appeal<br />
process. The Supervisory Officials shall establish<br />
the most appropriate procedure for hearing the<br />
appeal and inform all parties of such procedure<br />
prior to the hearing. The Supervisory Officials, or<br />
parties to the appeal at their own expense, may call<br />
witnesses or present evidence, but appellant must<br />
present their own case and must not be represented<br />
at the hearing by another individual or<br />
attorney. Other persons must not be present at the<br />
appeal hearing except those permitted by the<br />
Supervisory Officials. Failure of the appellant to<br />
appear as requested or otherwise fail to respond to<br />
any investigatory request of the Supervisory<br />
Officials may result in the dismissal of the appeal<br />
with prejudice.<br />
8.5.4 Decision. In deciding the outcome, Supervisory<br />
Officials may take any action they deem appropriate<br />
in the interest of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or the sport of<br />
automobile racing including, but not limited to,<br />
revising the results, imposing penalties, or taking no<br />
action at all but under no circumstances shall they<br />
order an Event or any portion thereof to be rerun. A<br />
majority of the Supervisory Officials must agree to<br />
modify the decision of a protest. A copy of the decision<br />
is sent to all parties to the appeal after the<br />
decision becomes final. All parties concerned are<br />
bound by the decision as provided in the<br />
Regulations.<br />
8.6 Appeal to the Chief Appellate Officer. Provided that the<br />
applicable protest and appeal procedures have been prop-<br />
48
erly exercised, Entrant shall have the right to further appeal<br />
to the Chief Appellate Officer.<br />
8.6.1 Notice to Chief Appellate Officer. Notice of intent<br />
to appeal to the Chief Appellate Officer must be<br />
delivered to the President within one (1) hour of the<br />
receipt of the Supervisory Official’s appeal decision.<br />
Formal written notice must be delivered to the Chief<br />
Appellate Officer at Headquarters no later than<br />
5:00pm eastern the third business day after notice<br />
of the decision of the Supervisory Officials. The<br />
written notice, signed by the appellant, stating the<br />
grounds for appeal, must include the appeal fee of<br />
$5,000 payable to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, which is retained by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> regardless of any decision.<br />
8.6.2 Disposition of Appeal. The Chief Appellate Officer<br />
may choose to hear or not to hear an appeal, or he<br />
may choose to review the written documentation<br />
and base his decision on the evidence presented at<br />
the initial appeal. The Chief Appellate Officer’s decision<br />
as to whether or not an appeal is heard is<br />
Conclusive. All parties are informed of the time and<br />
place of a Chief Appellate Officer’s hearing. The<br />
Chief Appellate Officer, or appellant at their own<br />
expense, may call witnesses or present evidence,<br />
but the appellant must present their own case and<br />
must not be represented at the Chief Appellant<br />
Officer’s hearing by another individual or attorney.<br />
Other persons must not be present at the Chief<br />
Appellant Officer’s hearing except those permitted<br />
by the Chief Appellate Officer. Failure of the appellant<br />
to appear when requested or respond to any<br />
investigatory request of the Chief Appellate Officer<br />
may result in the dismissal of the appeal to the<br />
Chief Appellant Officer with prejudice.<br />
8.6.3 Decision. The Chief Appellate Officer may vacate,<br />
assess additional, decrease or increase penalties<br />
previously imposed and may vacate, modify or<br />
uphold protest and initial appeal decisions, but,<br />
under no circumstances, order an Event or any part<br />
thereof to be re-run. A copy of the final decision is<br />
sent to all parties of the appeal to the Chief<br />
Appellate Officer after the decision becomes final.<br />
All parties concerned are bound by the decision<br />
given, as provided in the Regulations.<br />
49
SECTION 9 - PRIZES, POINT FUNDS AND AWARDS<br />
9.1 Sole Authority. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is the sole authority for the<br />
awarding of Event prizes, points and awards and the<br />
awarding of all Series championships. Notwithstanding that<br />
a specific Event may be listed on the FIA calendar or may be<br />
part of an Event counting towards an FIA championship,<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> retains sole authority to settle any dispute that<br />
may arise during an Event, including any and all disputes that<br />
may affect individual or Series awards, in accordance with<br />
the Regulations.<br />
9.2 Event Prizes. Prizes and awards for all Events are distributed<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Members agree to abide by decisions<br />
of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> with respect to the establishment and distribution<br />
of such prizes and awards.<br />
9.3 Point Fund(s). <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may establish a point fund(s).<br />
9.3.1 To be eligible for the Rolex Series season-end point<br />
fund awards, the Entrant’s Car, as identified by the<br />
Car number, must finish in the top 10 overall of the<br />
Team Championship point standings for the current<br />
season and Entrant must compete with such Car,<br />
as per the Regulations, in that class, in every<br />
scheduled Race for the current season.<br />
9.4 Championship. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is the sole and final authority<br />
for the development, maintenance and distribution of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> championship point funds, the awarding of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> championship points and the naming of manufacturer<br />
or Series-sponsored <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> champions.<br />
9.4.1 Point Awards. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> awards points in each<br />
class by finishing position as follows:<br />
1st - 35 points<br />
2nd - 32 points<br />
3rd - 30 points<br />
4th - 28 points<br />
5th - 26 points<br />
6th - 25 points<br />
7th - 24 points<br />
8th - 23 points<br />
9th - 22 points<br />
10th - 21 points<br />
11th - 20 points<br />
12th - 19 points<br />
13th - 18 points<br />
14th - 17 points<br />
15th - 16 points<br />
16th - 15 points<br />
17th- 14 points<br />
18th - 13 points<br />
19th - 12 points<br />
20th - 11 points<br />
21th - 10 points<br />
22th - 9 points<br />
23th - 8 points<br />
24th - 7 points<br />
25th - 6 points<br />
26th - 5 points<br />
27th - 4 points<br />
28th - 3 points<br />
29th - 2 points<br />
30th - 1 point<br />
50
At the Rolex 24 Race, points are awarded as above except<br />
all finishers from 15th position down receive 15th place<br />
points.<br />
9.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Driver Championships<br />
9.5.1 Driver Point Awards Eligibility. Drivers must hold<br />
a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Membership. Drivers must be properly<br />
nominated. For each Race, a Driver must drive<br />
a minimum of 30 minutes of on-track drive-time,<br />
with a minimum of one (1) lap under green flag<br />
conditions in a Race. At least two (2) Drivers must<br />
drive the Car under green flag conditions in each<br />
Race for any Driver in the Car to be eligible for<br />
Driver points. Red flag time is not counted toward<br />
drive-time. A Driver must be a starter in the Race. A<br />
Car must be considered to have started the Race to<br />
be credited with a finishing position and be eligible<br />
for awards.<br />
9.5.2 Starters. A Driver is considered to be a starter in a<br />
Race if they cross the Start Line during the Race<br />
start or start from the pit lane after the green flag is<br />
displayed for the Race start, in accordance with<br />
these Regulations. A Car is consider to have started<br />
the Race if it crosses the Start Line during the Race<br />
start or starts from the pit lane after the green flag<br />
is displayed for the Race start, in accordance with<br />
these Regulations.<br />
9.5.3 Drivers and Cars. Points are awarded to a Driver<br />
only in the Car(s) (one per class) he is nominated to<br />
drive. A Driver nominated in two (2) Cars in the<br />
same class must qualify and start the Race in one<br />
(1) of the Cars. The Car that the Driver uses to<br />
qualify and start the Race is the Car in which the<br />
Driver receives points in that class. For the<br />
purposes of clarification, each class, i.e. DP, GT &<br />
GX (Continental: GS & ST), is defined as a separate<br />
Race for each Event. In cases of extreme hardship,<br />
after the qualifying Session has started, the Race<br />
Director may approve a Driver substitution. Driver<br />
points are not awarded to the substitute Driver.<br />
9.5.4 Performance.<br />
a. Daytona Prototypes: For each Race, each<br />
Driver, in a Car he is nominated to drive, must<br />
achieve a lap time no greater than 110% of the<br />
average lap times of the fastest three qualifiers<br />
of his class.<br />
51
. GT/GX: For each Race, each Driver, in a Car<br />
he is nominated to drive, must achieve a lap<br />
time no greater than 110% of the average lap<br />
times of the fastest three qualifiers in his class<br />
and no greater that 120% of the average lap<br />
times of the fastest three qualifiers overall<br />
during official practice or qualifying.<br />
9.5.5 Exception. The second Driver, originally nominated<br />
per 6.1.8, may be eligible for points, at the sole<br />
discretion of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, if unforeseen mechanical<br />
or other circumstances prevent the Driver from<br />
completing the 30 minute drive-time requirement,<br />
so long as sufficient time remains in the Race Such<br />
determinations are Conclusive.<br />
9.5.6 Driver I.D. Transmitter. Drive–Time is attributed<br />
based on the Driver I.D. transmitter recording at the<br />
Start/Finish Line on the track. The Driver I.D. must<br />
be correctly plugged in and functioning properly for<br />
drive-time to be recorded. If not plugged in or functioning<br />
properly, Driver may not receive drive-time<br />
credit. Drive-Time starts when the specific Driver,<br />
identified by his Driver I.D transmitter, crosses the<br />
Start Line on the track at the start of the Race or on<br />
the first passing of an individual Driver, identified by<br />
his Driver I.D transmitter, crossing the Start line<br />
during the Race. A Driver’s drive-time stops at his<br />
last recorded crossing of the Start Line on the track<br />
as identified by his Driver I.D transmitter.<br />
9.6 Measurement. Distance is measured in whole laps<br />
completed by a Driver, with lap credit going to the Driver who<br />
crosses the Start Line at the end of each lap as identified by<br />
his Driver I.D transmitter.<br />
9.7 Ties. In the event of a tie in the final point standings, the tiebreaker<br />
is according to the Driver’s relative number of first<br />
place finishes, then the number of second place finishes, etc.<br />
down to tenth place finishes. If a tie remains, the Driver<br />
having the highest finishing position first during the current<br />
season where the Driver competed in the respective Series<br />
prevails.<br />
9.8 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Manufacturer Championships.<br />
9.8.1 Participation in the Manufacturers Championship<br />
is subject to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval. To be<br />
eligible to receive manufacturer points in the<br />
52
Manufacturer’s Championship, a manufacturer<br />
must be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in Writing.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> recognizes manufacturer champions in<br />
each class as follows:<br />
a. DP: engine manufacturer and chassis manufacturer.<br />
b. GT and GX (Continental: GS and ST): automobile<br />
brand manufacturer each.<br />
c. Manufacturer championships are based on<br />
relative point standings at the conclusion of<br />
the season.<br />
d. Manufacturer championship points are<br />
awarded per 9.4.1, except each manufacturer<br />
receives points only for its highest finishing<br />
positioned Car in each Race.<br />
9.9 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Team Championships<br />
9.9.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> recognizes team champions in each<br />
class. To be eligible for points in the Team<br />
Championship, the Entrant;<br />
a. Must hold a current and valid Entrant<br />
Membership.<br />
b. May register multiple Cars but each Car earns<br />
points separately.<br />
c. Must use no more than three (3) chassis (same<br />
competition number) during the season.<br />
d. Points earned in one class do not transfer to<br />
another.<br />
e. A DP, with the written approval of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>,<br />
may change engine manufacturers one time<br />
within a season, only upon availability of an<br />
approved new manufacturer’s engine, and<br />
may then carry over their previously earned<br />
points.<br />
9.9.2 Team points are awarded per 9.4.1.<br />
53
GENERAL AUTOMOBILE REGULATIONS<br />
55
GENERAL AUTOMOBILE REGULATIONS (“GAR”)<br />
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION<br />
CLASSES AND CATEGORIES. All cars participating in an Event<br />
must comply with the requirements and technical specifications of<br />
the GAR and the applicable General Class Regulations (“GCR”). All<br />
cars shall race in their respective class, the classes are as follows:<br />
OVERVIEW<br />
• Daytona Prototype Class. The Daytona Prototype (“DP”)<br />
car requirements and specifications continue in the<br />
Daytona Prototype General Class Regulations (“DP-<br />
GCR”).<br />
• Grand Touring Class. The Grand Touring (“GT/GX”) class<br />
shall include 2 categories, “Prep 1 GT” and “Prep 2 GT”.<br />
Car requirements and specification for both categories<br />
continue in the Grand Touring General Class Regulations<br />
(“GT/GX-GCR”)<br />
• Grand Sport Class. The Grand Sport (“GS”) car requirements<br />
and specification continue in the Grand<br />
Sport/Street Tuner General Class Regulations (“GS/ST-<br />
GCR”)<br />
• Street Tuner. The Street Tuner (“ST”) car requirements<br />
and specification continue in the Grand Sport/Street<br />
Tuner General Class Regulations (“GS/ST-GCR”)<br />
• The Regulations do not permit variations, changes, alterations<br />
or modifications to any component produced by<br />
the OEM unless specifically authorized in the GAR and/or<br />
GCR. If there is a conflict between the GAR and the GCR,<br />
the GCR shall govern.<br />
• All Members should presume that variations are prohibited<br />
unless specifically stated within the Regulations. No<br />
permitted component/modification shall additionally<br />
perform a prohibited function.<br />
• Any component, car construction or repair that does not<br />
meet the exact specifications of the Regulations or is<br />
deemed not to be in the spirit of these Regulations by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may be disallowed by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
• If a Member has a question or doubt regarding the eligibility<br />
of any component, variation, specification or<br />
procedure, it is the Member’s responsibility to obtain<br />
written approval of the component, variation, specification<br />
or procedure from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> prior to its use.<br />
56
1-1 Eligibility –.<br />
1-1.1 All cars, engines, bodywork and components must<br />
be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. All engine or component<br />
changes or modifications not previously<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must be submitted in<br />
writing to the appropriate Series Manager in a<br />
timely manner in order to be considered at the next<br />
scheduled technical committee review meeting.<br />
Please see the on-line process to do this at:<br />
www.grand-am.com/competitor information/technical<br />
committee.aspx<br />
1-1.2 All approved components (including but not limited<br />
to brakes, wheels, shocks, driveline components,<br />
body parts, etc.) must be available for sale to the<br />
public in a regular product offering.<br />
1-1.3 Equipment will not be considered approved by<br />
reason of passing through technical inspection<br />
unobserved.<br />
1-1.4 During a Race, it is prohibited to replace the<br />
following parts under penalty of exclusion: engine<br />
block, chassis and/or unibody shell.<br />
1-2 Measurements – Measurements will be made while the car<br />
is stationary on a flat horizontal surface or as provided by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
1-2.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> templates may be used to check<br />
vehicle body dimensions or configuration.<br />
1-3 Equivalence Formulas – The following standard formula will<br />
be used with respect to the Regulations.<br />
1 inch = 2.54 centimeters = 25.4 millimeters<br />
1 foot = 12 inches = 0.3048 meters<br />
1 mile = 1760 yards = 5280 feet = 1.60934 kilometers<br />
1 square inch = 6.452 square centimeters<br />
1 cubic inch = 16.387 cubic centimeters<br />
1 U.S. gallon = 4 U.S. quarts = 231 cubic inches = 3.785 liters<br />
1 pound = 16 ounces = 453.592 grams<br />
1 mile per hour = 1.467 feet per second = 1.60934 kilometers<br />
per hour<br />
1 millimeter = 0.1 centimeters = 0.03937 inches<br />
1 meter = 3.281 feet = 1.0936 yards<br />
1 kilometer = 1000 meters = 1093.6 yards = 0.62137 miles<br />
1 cubic centimeter = 0.061 cubic inches<br />
1 liter = 1000 cubic centimeters = 61.0255 cubic inches =<br />
0.264 U.S. gallon<br />
1 kilogram = 1000 grams = 2.2046 pounds<br />
1 kilometer per hour = 0.62137 miles per hour<br />
57
Cylinder volume = bore” X bore” X stroke” X 0.7854.<br />
Cylinder volume = bore(mm) X bore(mm) X stroke (mm) X<br />
.0007854<br />
Engine displacement = cylinder volume x number of cylinders<br />
1 bar = 14.5 psi<br />
Atmospheric Pressure = 29.92” HG = 14.696 psi = 1.013 bar<br />
Average Speed = 3600 x length of track x number of laps /<br />
total of time in seconds<br />
SECTION 2 - BODYWORK REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Bodywork -<br />
2-1.1 The bodywork must cover all mechanical components<br />
when seen from above or from the side, with<br />
the exception of the lower half of the complete<br />
wheels. All bodywork must be contiguous<br />
2-1.2 All bodywork must be rigidly secured to the sprung<br />
part of the vehicle (chassis/body unit), must be<br />
securely fixed and remain immobile in relation while<br />
the vehicle is in motion.<br />
2-1.3 Any device or construction that is designed to<br />
bridge the gap between the sprung part of the car<br />
and the ground is prohibited.<br />
2-1.4 The external shape, including but not limited to the<br />
roofline, front and rear window angles, overall<br />
shape and other recognizable features of the body<br />
must be original OE or as approved. 2-1.5 Air Inlets<br />
– Add on air inlets are prohibited. . Snorkel-type air<br />
intakes are prohibited.<br />
2-1.6 Front and rear overhang, and wheelbase must be<br />
original OE or as approved.<br />
2-1.7 Doors - The dimensions and functions of the doors<br />
must be original OE. The door hinges in the DP and<br />
GT classes may be replaced.<br />
2-1.8 All bodywork joints in the vicinity of the fueling<br />
connections must be designed in such a way as to<br />
prevent any leakage of fuel into the engine<br />
compartment or cockpit. Bodywork, joints/seams<br />
may not be taped or covered in any way.<br />
2-1.9 DP and GT cars are permitted to use paint protection<br />
film on the bodywork.<br />
2-1.10 The floor/bottom of the car may have no openings<br />
other than those required for the onboard air jacks.<br />
58
2-2 Rear Wing – All Rolex cars must use the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified<br />
Crawford wing in its as delivered form. The finish cannot<br />
be altered/painted/covered (including tape) in any way.<br />
Removable die cut vinyl sponsorship decals may be applied<br />
per the approval of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Technical Inspection.<br />
2-3 Bodywork Pins –The pins or catches used must hold the<br />
hood or body panel in its normal standard position and location<br />
at all times. It must be possible to remove or open the<br />
hood or body panels without the use of tools.<br />
2-4 Windshield Wiper – Motor, position, blades and mechanism<br />
are free (DP and GT only).<br />
2-5 Lights – Headlights, taillights and brake lights are required for<br />
night races and races running in inclement weather and must<br />
be located in the OE or approved locations. AllGT/GX cars<br />
must use yellow/amber tinted headlight lenses. DP cars are<br />
prohibited from tinting the headlight covers or lenses.<br />
2-5.1 Auxiliary lighting as approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> (DP<br />
and GT only) must be located within the bodywork.<br />
2-5.2 Headlights and taillights must remain functional and<br />
on when the car is stopped and/or if the engine is<br />
not running.<br />
2-5.3 It is prohibited to use flashing or strobe effect headlights.<br />
Flashing or strobe lights may be used in<br />
conjunction with the speed limiter in pit lane.<br />
Headlights may be turned on and off (individual<br />
flashes) in daytime or nighttime conditions.<br />
2-5.4 At all times a minimum of one brake light must be<br />
functional. If not, it must be repaired at the next<br />
scheduled pit stop. During periods of darkness or<br />
inclement weather a minimum of one headlight and<br />
one taillight must remain functional at all times. If<br />
not, the car must pit immediately and it must be<br />
repaired.<br />
2-6 Windshield/Rear Window<br />
2-6.1 All DP and Prep 2 GT cars are required to use a<br />
laminated polycarbonate (Lexan) windshield and<br />
rear window. (recommended minimum thickness of<br />
0.266) and rear window. (Recommended minimum<br />
thickness of 0.266) Polycarbonate windshields and<br />
rear windows must be positively retained by cam<br />
locks or 10-32 threaded fasteners. A maximum<br />
spacing of 10” along top, sides, and bottom will be<br />
59
permitted. An alternate fastening method may be<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> upon request. Refer to<br />
GT-GCR Section 4-4 for rear window retention.<br />
2-6.2 Prep 1 GT, GS and ST cars utilizing a glass windshield<br />
and rear window must mount the windows<br />
using OEM standard adhesive. Prep 1 GT cars may<br />
utilize additional retention devices. A maximum<br />
spacing of 10” along top, sides, and bottom will be<br />
permitted. An alternate fastening method may be<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> upon request. Refer to<br />
GT-GCR Section 4-4 for rear window retention.<br />
Prep 1 GT cars may use a polycarbonate windshield<br />
and rear window as specified in article 2-6.1.<br />
GS and ST cars may utilize windshield retention<br />
clips.<br />
SECTION 3 - ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
3-1 General Engine Eligibility –<br />
3-1.1 All eligible engines will be determined, selected,<br />
listed in the SCR, and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
prior to competition use. It is mandatory that all<br />
major components and parts be for sale to the<br />
public in a regular product offering in North<br />
America.<br />
3-1.2 All engines must have a clearly visible serial number<br />
(duplicate numbered engines will result in a $10,000<br />
fine to the Entrant).<br />
3-1.3 Unless stated specifically in the engine homologation<br />
or SCR the use of magnesium or ceramic<br />
components is prohibited.<br />
3-1.4 Only a direct mechanical linkage between the<br />
throttle pedal and the engine is permitted unless an<br />
alternate system is approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
3-1.5 The following characteristics must be identical with<br />
the production engine as approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Cylinder Block - number and angle of cylinders,<br />
material, number of main bearings and type, location<br />
of camshaft, overall configuration, and cylinder<br />
bore centerline. Engine blocks are permitted a<br />
maximum .030 overbore, unless stated specifically<br />
otherwise.<br />
Cylinder Head - number of valves per cylinder,<br />
arrangement, location, angle, and type of actuation,<br />
and spring type. Combustion chamber, location<br />
and orientation of spark plug, number of intake and<br />
60
exhaust ports, shape and location of ports at<br />
mating faces of manifolds, angle of port face relative<br />
to mating face of head to block.<br />
Turbo Charging – Eligible turbocharged or supercharged<br />
engines are limited to production OE<br />
engines. These engines must be available in a<br />
product offering at automobile dealerships in the<br />
United States.<br />
3-2 Pistons/Rods - For the DP class only solid magnetic steel<br />
connecting rods are permitted, with the exception of<br />
approved engines less than 4.0L, For the titanium<br />
connecting rods may be used if fitted in the production<br />
engine.<br />
3-3 Cylinder Heads - Only OE or <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved cylinder<br />
heads are permitted. Valves /ValveSpring - Only steel or titanium<br />
valves are permitted. Only magnetic steel valve springs<br />
are permitted.<br />
3-4 Crankshaft – Only magnetic steel crankshafts are permitted.<br />
Unless otherwise approved, the OE angles of the crank<br />
throws must be retained.<br />
3-5 Camshaft, Valve Lifter, and Rocker Arms – Rocker arms,<br />
lifters and steel pushrods may be replaced with aftermarket<br />
components with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval.<br />
3-6 Engine Air Restrictors – When required engine air restrictors<br />
must be used as supplied by<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. The<br />
Manufacturer or the team and may not be modified in any<br />
way.<br />
SECTION 4 - ELECTRICAL<br />
4-1 Ignition System -<br />
4-1.1 The ignition system must be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>. Magnetos are prohibited. The distributor (if<br />
used) must be mounted in the OE location. The<br />
standard firing order must be maintained, unless<br />
otherwise approved.<br />
4-1.2 RPM Limits. Cars in all classes may be assigned<br />
maximum RPM limits. These limits will be regulated<br />
as follows;<br />
• RPM tolerance. The maximum RPM permitted<br />
is as listed for each vehicle in the SCR. The<br />
61
limit is considered to be exceeded when either<br />
of these conditions are found:<br />
• Any event over the regulated limit for more<br />
than 250ms that occurs when the throttle<br />
above 60% of maximum.<br />
• Any event with the throttle above 60% of<br />
maximum that is more than .1% beyond<br />
the regulated amount for more than<br />
100ms. (Example 8000 limit would mean<br />
beyond 8080.)<br />
4-2 Electrical System -<br />
4-2.1 Electrical Switch. A master electrical disconnect<br />
switch is required within reach of the Driver. All cars<br />
are required to have additional electrical and fire<br />
system switches located outside of the car on the<br />
cowl at the base of Driver’s side “A” pillar.<br />
4-2.2 Batteries – All batteries must be securely mounted,<br />
sealed, able to start the car at all times and insulated.<br />
Only lead-acid technology, either wet cell,<br />
AGM, or gel-cell matrix will be permitted. No other<br />
form of electrochemical energy storage is<br />
permitted. 12-volt systems only. 4-2.3 Starter. A<br />
starter must be fitted and be in working order at all<br />
times. The Driver must be able to operate the<br />
starter when seated normally.<br />
4-2.4 Electronic or digital dashes are permitted.<br />
4-3 Traction Control - (DP and GT only)<br />
4-3.1 Traction control or stability control is prohibited.<br />
Any car suspected of using traction control,<br />
stability control or any like device will be<br />
impounded until <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> completes an investigation.<br />
If it determined by Officials that any form of<br />
traction control is used, the Entrant and Drivers will<br />
have their <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> privileges suspended for a<br />
period of up to 1 year .The results of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s<br />
investigation and subsequent decisions are final<br />
and is not subject to protest or appeal.<br />
4-3.2 All other automatic or electronic chassis control<br />
systems or functions are prohibited. This includes<br />
but not limited to: power brakes – throttle and/or<br />
brake activated traction control - automatic or<br />
semi-automatic shift transmissions - power-actuated<br />
clutches - electronically or automatically<br />
62
adjusted drive differential systems - ride height<br />
adjustment - moveable ballast.<br />
4.4 Traction Control – (All Classes) ECU CONTROL. Engine<br />
mapping and control must not be affected by the speed of<br />
the non-drive wheel. Any trigger that influences engine calibration<br />
must be accomplished exclusively from the driven<br />
wheel. These triggers may ONLY influence the RPM cut and<br />
no other channel or calibration. The trigger may be not used<br />
in any way to implement a traction control process at any<br />
time.<br />
SECTION 5 - COOLING<br />
5-1 Cooling System -<br />
5-1.1 Only mechanically driven water pumps are<br />
permitted.<br />
5-1.2 Only electric radiator cooling fans are permitted.<br />
5-1.3 An Expansion tank located in the engine compartment<br />
is permitted.<br />
5-1.4 Additional engine, transmission and differential oil<br />
coolers are permitted, provided no external bodywork<br />
modifications are required.<br />
5-1.5 Glycol based additives are prohibited.<br />
SECTION 6 - ENGINE LUBRICATION/DRY SUMP<br />
6-1 Oil Reservoir Tank -<br />
6-1.1 Oil reservoir tank must be mounted within the main<br />
chassis framework.<br />
6-1.2 All oil lines must be armor-braided with AN<br />
threaded coupling.<br />
SECTION 7 - EXHAUST<br />
7-1 Exhaust System -<br />
7-1.1 Unless otherwise approved exhaust systems must<br />
remain within the perimeter of the bodywork when<br />
viewed from above. Mufflers may be required.<br />
7-1.2 Sound levels generated by individual cars may be<br />
limited to 106 dba. Compliance will be determined<br />
by static measurements taken at 18” from the<br />
ground, 5ft back and 5ft offset to the exhaust<br />
outlet.<br />
7-1.3 Titanium exhaust systems are prohibited.<br />
63
SECTION 8 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
8-1 Drive Train - Semi-automatic or automatic gearboxes and<br />
differentials with electronic, pneumatic, hydraulic or mechanical<br />
adjustable slip control are prohibited.<br />
8-1.1 4-wheel drive is prohibited. (DP and GT Only)<br />
8-1.2 Viscous differentials are prohibited.<br />
8-1.3 The transmission must be designed so if the car is<br />
stopped and/or the engine has stalled, it can be<br />
freely pushed or towed.<br />
8-1.4 All cars must have a working reverse gear, which<br />
must be selected while the engine is running and<br />
the Driver is seated normally.<br />
8-2 AGS (Paddleshift) Systems – for approved drivers, in DP,<br />
GT, and GX a paddleshift system may be installed<br />
provided it meets the following requirements:<br />
8-2.1 The software and downloading cable for the system<br />
must be provided to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Access to the<br />
vehicle configuration and actuation speed must be<br />
accessible by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
8-2.2 A shift request may not be held by the system for<br />
longer than 60 milliseconds before dropping out. In<br />
other words, if the system declines to initiate the<br />
shift due to ‘out of parameter’ conditions, the<br />
request must be remade by the driver for the gear<br />
change to be completed. Gear selection may not be<br />
‘preselected’.<br />
8-2.3 The minimum shift time from driver request to shift<br />
completion must not be faster than 150 milliseconds.<br />
8-2.4 Neutral gear position must be achievable by the<br />
corner worker with the engine off.<br />
8-3 Artificial Heating - For qualifying and/or the race, artificial<br />
heating of the engine/oil, sump tank, and transmission rear<br />
end assembly is prohibited.<br />
SECTION 9 - WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
9-1 Official Tire – Grand-Am Rolex Sports Car Series - The<br />
Official Tire Supplier of the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car<br />
Series is Continental Tire. Reference: GCR<br />
9-2 Official Tire – Grand-Am Continental Tire Sports Car<br />
Challenge - The Official Tire Supplier for the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
64
Continental Tire Sports Car Challenge is Continental Tire.<br />
Reference: GCR<br />
9-3 Control - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will control the eligibility of tires during<br />
all Sessions. All Competitors must use the specified tire, as<br />
supplied by the Official Tire Supplier at the Event, during all<br />
Sessions.<br />
9-3.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require Competitors to use the<br />
same tires used in qualifying to start the race.<br />
9-3.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may limit the number of tires used in<br />
competition.<br />
9-3.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require all cars to use the same<br />
type of tire.<br />
9-3.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may mark, impound, or exchange the<br />
tires at any time.<br />
9-3.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may prohibit the use of any tire that<br />
has is believed to have been treated with a<br />
substance that may alter the properties of the tire.<br />
9-4 Responsibility -<br />
9-4.1 It is responsibility of the Competitor to order and<br />
confirm with the Official Tire supplier that the<br />
competitor’s tires will be available at each event.<br />
9-4.2 All cars must display the appropriate unmodified<br />
official tire company decal as illustrated on the<br />
appropriate series decal diagram at all times. To be<br />
eligible for tire company awards, all drivers must<br />
display the appropriate tire company patch on the<br />
upper left of the chest area of their driver’s suit.<br />
9-4.3 If it is determined by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Officials that any<br />
form of unapproved testing on non series tires has<br />
taken place, the entrant and drivers will have their<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> priviledges suspended for a period of<br />
up to one (1) year. The results of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s<br />
investigation and subsequent decisions are not<br />
subject to protest or appeal.<br />
9-4.4 Disposal – Competitors in the GS and ST classes<br />
are responsible for proper disposal of used tires.<br />
9-5 Artificial Heating – The use of tire warmers or any other<br />
means of artificially heating the wheels, tires and/or tire gas<br />
is prohibited.<br />
9-6 Tire Air Pressure –<br />
9-6.1 Pressure control valves are prohibited.<br />
9-6.2 Tire temperature sensors of any kind are prohibited.<br />
65
9-6.3 Tire pressure monitor systems are prohibited in the<br />
GS and ST classes.<br />
9-7 Carbon fiber and Wide 5 wheels are prohibited.<br />
9-8 Wheel Attachment (DP and GT only) - Spline-drive nuts are<br />
prohibited.<br />
9-9 Wheel Diameter (DP and GT only) - All wheels must be 18”<br />
diameter, unless stated specifically in the SCR.<br />
SECTION 10 - CHASSIS<br />
10-1 Suspension -<br />
10-1.1 Suspension - All suspension components must be<br />
made from homogeneous metallic materials and<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. The type, number of<br />
mounting points, components and uprights must<br />
remain as approved. Coil springs - steel only,<br />
maximum 4. The springing medium must not<br />
consist solely of flexible arms or bushings. There<br />
must be suspension travel in excess of any flexibility<br />
in the attachments.<br />
10-1.2 Rubber joints may be replaced with uniball joints<br />
(DP and GT only).<br />
10-1.3 Front and rear anti-roll bars are permitted (see<br />
GCR)<br />
10-1.4 Driver adjustable springs and shock absorbers are<br />
prohibited.<br />
10-1.5 Shocks - only 1 per wheel, and only 1 remote<br />
canister per shock is permitted. Any form of driver<br />
adjustment is prohibited. Metallic or compressible<br />
fluids are prohibited. Cross-connected shocks/<br />
remote canisters are prohibited.<br />
10-1.6 Alternative damping/mass damper applications. No<br />
electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic or mechanical<br />
connection (other than the anti-roll bars/links) is<br />
permitted between the shock absorbers and the<br />
suspension. Any Suspension component utilizing<br />
“Cambridge”, “j-style” or “inerter” technology is not<br />
permitted for use. Any attenuation device involved<br />
in suspension or tire control other than gas/fluid<br />
damper must be specifically approved in writing by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
10-1.7 Chromium plating of steel suspension parts<br />
is prohibited.<br />
66
10-2 Steering -<br />
10-2.1 All cars must use the 2 front wheels for steering.<br />
10-2.2 There must be a continuous metal linkage between<br />
the steering wheel and the steered front wheels.<br />
10-2.3 A magnetic steel collapsible steering shaft and a<br />
quick release metal steering wheel coupling is<br />
required (DP and GT only).<br />
10-2.4 Power steering is permitted.<br />
10-2.5 4-wheel steering is prohibited.<br />
10-3 Frame/Roll Cage -<br />
10-3.1 All roll cage components must be made of round<br />
magnetic seamless steel tubing and welded. The<br />
chassis must incorporate a full roll cage per normal<br />
industry standards.<br />
10-3.2 Roll cage should include: Main roll bar #1. Front roll<br />
bar legs #2 A&B. Roof halo bar #3. Roof center bar<br />
#4. Center windshield bar #4A. Main roll bar diagonal<br />
bar #5. Horizontal tunnel bar #6. Horizontal<br />
shoulder bar #7. Dashboard bar #8. At least 3<br />
NASCAR style door bars #9A are recommended on<br />
both the right and left sides as applicable. The door<br />
bars rear-mounting point should be at the main roll<br />
hoop bulkhead and the front mounting point must<br />
be at the Front roll bar legs #2 A or B. The door bars<br />
must include at least 3 equally spaced vertical<br />
uprights and at least 2 horizontal bars on the<br />
Driver’s side that must extend outward to the outer<br />
door skin from the lower door bar down to the<br />
mainframe rail/rocker panel. Vent window bar #10<br />
A&B. Rear support bars #13 A&B plus a diagonal,<br />
or X cross bars. See Exhibit #2 exploded view of<br />
basic roll cage, Ref: Roll Cage diagram at the end<br />
of the section.<br />
10-3.3 Bars number 1, 2, 3, 4, 4A, 5, *6, *7, *8, 9A and 13<br />
A&B must be round magnetic seamless steel tubing<br />
at least 1.750” diameter X 0.095” minimum wall<br />
thickness. *Bars number 6, 7, and 8 may also be<br />
1.750” square tubing X 0.095” minimum wall thickness.<br />
Proof of material and structural design is the<br />
responsibility of the Entrant and must be acceptable<br />
to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Ref: Roll Cage diagram at the<br />
end of the section.<br />
10-3.4 Composite material utilized as the primary structural<br />
component is prohibited.<br />
67
10-3.5 Door bars and/or a roll cage of an alternate configuration<br />
may be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
10-3.6 Specific FIA-approved manufacturer-installed roll<br />
cages may be permitted following <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
review of FIA homologation papers. These must be<br />
provided by the entrant wishing to use the FIA<br />
cage. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require additional structure<br />
and/or material dimension and support changes to<br />
these cages before being approved. Minimum<br />
material requirement is 40mm x 2mm for all<br />
required tube sections.<br />
10-4 Air Jacks - On board air jacking system is permitted. (DP<br />
and GT only)<br />
10-4.1 On board air jacking systems are permitted. (DP<br />
and GT only)<br />
10-4.1 A maximum of 4 air jacks may be installed, with a<br />
maximum opening diameter of 3.750” for each jack<br />
in the floor bottom.<br />
10-4.2 On board compressed air bottles are prohibited.<br />
10-5 Car Weight/Ballast -<br />
10-5.1 Minimum weight will be less fuel and Driver, as<br />
raced.<br />
10-5.2 Any ballast added must be bolted in a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approved location.<br />
10-5.3 Weights must be in solid form (no pellets) and<br />
weigh a minimum 5lbs.<br />
10-5.4 It is prohibited to add or remove weight or change<br />
to a lighter component during any Session.<br />
10-5.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to check vehicle<br />
weight at any time during an Event.<br />
10-5.6 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust minimum<br />
weights.<br />
SECTION 11 - BRAKES<br />
11-1 Brakes - Brakes must meet the following requirements.<br />
11-1.1 Only magnetic cast iron or cast steel rotors.<br />
11-1.2 Titanium pistons are permitted in brake calipers.<br />
(DP and GT only)<br />
11-1.3 Unless as provided by OE, the brake pedal must<br />
operate all 4 wheels through a dual master cylinder<br />
system.<br />
11-1.4 Unless otherwise permitted, anti-lock/ABS brakes<br />
and power brakes are prohibited. (DP and GT only)<br />
68
11-1.5 Brake pad material is unrestricted. Brake pad<br />
backing plates must be steel.<br />
11-1.6 ABS is permitted in the GS and ST classes when<br />
the stock ECU and ABS controller are used.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may specify an alternative ABS<br />
controller.<br />
11-1.7 Brake bias (front to rear proportion) may be<br />
adjusted by the means of a manual adjuster<br />
11-2 Brake Cooling System - Liquid and/or gas cooling of the<br />
brakes are prohibited. Brake fluid re-circulating systems are<br />
prohibited.<br />
SECTION 12 - FUEL/FUEL CELLS<br />
12-1 Official Fuel - The Official Fuel of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> is Sunoco<br />
Race Fuels Sunoco 260GTX. The Official Fuel Supplier is<br />
Sunoco.<br />
12-1.2 Only air may be mixed with the fuel as an oxidant.<br />
12-1.3 All Competitors must use the Official Fuel, as<br />
supplied by the Official Fuel Supplier r at the Event<br />
during all Sessions.<br />
12-1.4 Rotary engines in the GT and ST classes will be<br />
permitted to add 2-cycle oil to their fuel.<br />
Competitors must provide a sample of the oil and<br />
the mixture rate.<br />
12-1.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may specify alternative fuels that are<br />
not gasoline.<br />
12-2 Sampling - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> has the right to sample a<br />
Competitor’s fuel at any time.<br />
12-3 Fuel Handling - Competitors are responsible for the safe<br />
and proper handling and security of their fuel from when it is<br />
dispensed to them until it is used. Competitors are responsible<br />
for properly disposing of all unused fuel.<br />
12-4 Fuel Cell/Fillers/Vents -<br />
12-4.1 Officials will reject any fuel cell, container, or check<br />
valve which appears to be damaged, defective, or<br />
does not function properly.<br />
12-4.2 Fuel cells must be commercially manufactured and<br />
meet at least FIA Specification FT3, the bladder<br />
must have a printed code indicating the name of<br />
the manufacturer, the specification to which the<br />
tank has been manufactured and the date of manu-<br />
69
facture. Fuel cells must contain fuel cell foam to a<br />
minimum of 80% of the enclosed volume.<br />
12-4.3 Fuel cells become obsolete 5 years after date of<br />
manufacture and must be replaced, unless<br />
inspected and recertified by the manufacturer for a<br />
period of 2 additional years. Entrant must provide<br />
proof of certification at each Event.<br />
12-4.4 The only permitted dry break is the unmodified ATL<br />
red head # RE105. GS and ST cars are permitted to<br />
use PP125DVR10 dry breaks from Red Head Valves<br />
provided a 1” restrictor is installed in line. The dual<br />
probe filler must be fitted with a dual probe fuel<br />
tank filler and vent system. Both the filler and the air<br />
vent must be equipped with a leak proof probe dry<br />
break coupling complying with the dead man principle.<br />
The couplings must not incorporate any<br />
retaining device when in an open position.<br />
12-4.5 Fuel tank fillers and vents may not protrude beyond<br />
the bodywork, be located in the rear windows or<br />
any other vulnerable location. GT, GX, GS and ST<br />
cars must use flexible filler lines to fuel cell.<br />
12-4.6 Any breather pipe connecting the tank to the<br />
atmosphere must exit outside the bodywork and<br />
must be fitted with a gravity activated rollover valve<br />
to control fuel loss under any condition.<br />
12-4.7 The fill tube from the cover plate may extend no<br />
more than 6” into the enclosed volume of the fuel<br />
cell bladder. The fill tube must be straight and may<br />
not have any swirl pots, diffusers or any other<br />
augmentation. The top or side mounted fuel cell<br />
fill/cover plate must be removable for inspection.<br />
Bottom fill panels are prohibited. The fill tube<br />
cannot enter the fuel cell below a point 13” above<br />
the bottom of the fuel cell.<br />
12-4.8 At least 3 of the mounting bolts that fasten the fuel<br />
cell top, side and or bottom covers to the fuel cell<br />
bladder must be drilled to allow wire sealing by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> after inspection.<br />
12-4.9 There must be a valve, supplied by the manufacturer,<br />
in the fuel cell top cover, which seals in the<br />
event of the filler hose being knocked off.<br />
12-4.10 All fittings in the rubber fuel cell bladder including<br />
air vents, inlets, outlets, tank fillers, inter-tank<br />
connectors and access openings must be metal<br />
fittings bonded to the bladder.<br />
70
12-4.11 All fuel cell installations must be approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> prior to competition. Pictures and or<br />
drawings must be supplied.<br />
12-5 Fuel Lines - All lines must be fitted in such a way that any<br />
leakage cannot result. All fuel lines must have threaded<br />
connectors and be armor braided.<br />
12-6 Fuel Pumps - are free except they may not be mounted in<br />
Driver compartment. The fuel pumps must shut off when the<br />
engine stops running and the fuel pumps may have a bypass<br />
system for start-up.<br />
12-7 Fuel Capacity -<br />
12-7.1 Any device, system, procedure, construction or<br />
design, for the purpose and/or effect of increasing<br />
whatsoever, even temporarily, the total fuel storage<br />
capacity beyond the maximum is prohibited.<br />
12-7.2 Any device used to adjust fuel cell capacity beneath<br />
the maximum cannot be located in Driver’s<br />
compartment.<br />
12-7.3 Maximum permitted total onboard fuel capacity is<br />
18.5 U.S. gallons for DP and listed in the SCR for<br />
other classes or on the event supplemental regulations.<br />
See GS/ST-GCR for GS and ST fuel capacity.<br />
12-7.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust the fuel<br />
capacity. Reductions to capacity must be accomplished<br />
by use of in-cell displacement media<br />
(blocks or balls). The fuel bladder and container<br />
may not be changed to accomplish reduced<br />
capacity.<br />
Capacity will be measured using <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
measuring devices/procedures.<br />
12-7.5 Regardless of whether a fuel system/cell has been<br />
sealed or not, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may perform checks at<br />
any time.<br />
SECTION 13 - DATA ACQUISITION/RECORDING<br />
13-1 Telemetry - is for the DP, GT and GX classes. See the class<br />
specific GCR for more information. Telemetry is prohibited in<br />
Continental Tire Sports Car Challenge.<br />
13-2 Data Acquisition - Engine/chassis data acquisition system<br />
having a separate wiring system with visible wire tracing<br />
71
ability is permitted. (DP and GT only). Downloading of any<br />
kind is prohibited during qualifying.<br />
13-3 Radios – A single working 2-way voice radio with car-to-pit<br />
communication capability is required at all times.<br />
13-3.1 Radio frequencies MUST be registered with<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and Racing Radios.<br />
13-3.2 Radio signals cannot be encrypted or scrambled.<br />
Frequency hopping, Digital or Project 25 radios and<br />
trunking equipment are prohibited. Frequency<br />
range is limited to 450 to 470 mega hertz. Power<br />
limited to 10 watts on mobile, repeater and base<br />
units and 4 watts on hand held units.<br />
13-3.3 Entrants are limited to a maximum of 4 frequencies.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may choose to record conversations.<br />
13-3.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> recognizes that the FCC requires radio<br />
frequency users to be licensed. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
recommends that you contact Racing Radios for<br />
your licensing needs.<br />
13-3.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> requires that all Competitors monitor<br />
the race control channel at all times their cars are<br />
scheduled to be on track.<br />
13-3.6 Race Control must be monitored on frequency<br />
461.6250 mz.<br />
13-4 Transmitter - The required driver ID timing and scoring<br />
transmitter or designated alternative (“Spec Transmitter”),<br />
located in the left front wheel well is required at all times.<br />
Driver ID plugs MUST be located on Driver’s helmets during<br />
all Sessions. If not functioning properly, the car may be<br />
required to pit for repair. During a race, reasonable efforts<br />
must be made to repair and thereafter, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may use<br />
its discretion to continue scoring or not. A single exception<br />
will be permitted for a new car for their 1st Session.<br />
13-5 Data Recording - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to view<br />
any/all data collected by a Competitor at anytime. Each car<br />
in GT, GS and ST classes will make provisions for a data<br />
recorder as required by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> upon request. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> may specify a wiring harness to be used for data logger<br />
as provided by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
13-5.1 Only <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified EFI Level 4, Motec ADL,<br />
ADL2, ADL3 and Bosch data logging systems are<br />
permitted. All Competitors using specified data<br />
acquisition systems in the DP and GT classes must<br />
use the following standardized tire circumference<br />
72
“roll-out” in the set up of their data:<br />
DP Front – 2058mm Rear – 2212mm<br />
GT 265/645R18-2032mm<br />
285/645R18-2032mm<br />
305/650R18-2065mm<br />
305/660R18-2080mm<br />
325/680R18-2145mm<br />
325/710R18-2222mm<br />
325/710R19-2222mm<br />
Failure to use these dimensions in qualifying or<br />
the race may result in loss of points and/or fine.<br />
13-6 Accident Data Recorders – <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> accident data<br />
recorders may be required. The recorder will be supplied by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> at the beginning of each Event and collected<br />
immediately following the conclusion of the Event.<br />
13-6.1 Competitors will be instructed on acquiring an<br />
approved mounting bracket at the appropriate time.<br />
The mounting bracket must be installed per<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> direction.<br />
13-6.2 Installation drawings and instructions will be<br />
supplied by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
13-6.3 In the event of an accident, an Official will download<br />
the data from the recorder, photograph, film and<br />
document the damage, or collect other information<br />
as needed.<br />
13-6.4 Analysis will be performed by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> or a 3rd<br />
party and data will be retained on a secure server.<br />
13-6.5 The purpose of the program is to acquire and<br />
provide information on accidents to support<br />
ongoing safety development. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may<br />
require the installation of the recorder made by<br />
Independent Witness in all DP and GT cars and<br />
eventually in all GS and ST cars.<br />
SECTION 14 - IDENTIFICATION AND MARKINGS<br />
14-1 Competition Numbers – Competition numbers will be<br />
assigned and required by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
14-1.1 Block competition numbers must be at least 12”<br />
high X 2” stroke and must be separated by at least<br />
2”, applied between the wheel arches below a<br />
longitudinal line 20” above the flat floor reference<br />
plane/rocker panel.<br />
73
Competition numbers at least 8” high X 1” stroke<br />
must be on the front of the car (and rear of the car<br />
for GT and CTSCC) and in a visible location.<br />
14-1.2 All car numbers must be of a contrasting color to<br />
the car and cannot be chrome. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may<br />
pre-approve alternate color and number designs.<br />
14-1.3 All competition numbers must be acceptable to<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> regardless of compliance with above<br />
dimensions.<br />
14-2 Logos and Brand marks -<br />
14-2.1 Conflicting series/sanctioning body, official mandatory<br />
product (fuel, tires, etc.), and/or series sponsor<br />
identification of any kind must be removed from<br />
cars and uniforms while participating at any Event<br />
unless authorized in writing by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
14-2.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may refuse to permit, or may restrict or<br />
assign the size or placement of decals, identification,<br />
and advertising of any kind on a car,<br />
transporter, pit equipment, or uniforms for any<br />
reason. All Members agree to accept <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>'s<br />
decision in this regard.<br />
14-2.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may refuse to permit a Competitor to<br />
participate in an Event if <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> determines<br />
that any advertising, sponsorship or similar agreement<br />
to which the Competitor (or a car owner,<br />
Entrant, Driver or crewmember) is or will be a party<br />
to, is detrimental to the sport, to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, or to<br />
the Promoter for any reason, including without limitation<br />
the public image of the sport.<br />
14-2.4 Advertising slogans and designs are subject to<br />
approval by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
14-2.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will designate an area on the car for:<br />
-Decals, advertising or identification of series sponsors.<br />
-Decals, advertising or identification of contingency<br />
program sponsors.<br />
-Such other decals, advertising or identification as<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may in its sole discretion permit or<br />
require.<br />
14-2.6 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will designate requirements for Driver<br />
fire suits and crew uniforms.<br />
14-2.7 Windshield signage is limited exclusively to<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> signage or <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved<br />
signage.<br />
74
14-3 Rig Identification – All car transporters and support vehicles<br />
with access to the garage/paddock area must have clearly<br />
visible in the front windscreen and on the rear doors, the<br />
team name, car number and category, and awning dimension.<br />
All transporters in the paddock must prominently<br />
display on each side the appropriate series decal.<br />
SECTION 15 - SAFETY EQUIPMENT<br />
15-1 Driver Equipment - The following items must be worn/used<br />
during all Sessions and must be used in accordance with the<br />
manufacturer's instructions. It is the sole responsibility of the<br />
Driver to ensure that all safety items are correctly installed,<br />
maintained and properly used. All Driver safety equipment<br />
including nets, belts, restraint devices, etc. must remain on<br />
and in place until the car comes to a stop in its pit location.<br />
All equipment must be installed and be in proper place prior<br />
to the car leaving the Pit Stall.<br />
15-1.1 Helmet of recognized high quality approved by the<br />
Snell Foundation, or FIA 8860-2004, FIA 8860-<br />
2010, or British Standard – BS6658-85 Type A/FR<br />
(Red label) fitted with eject helmet removal<br />
system. Contact: Racing Radios.<br />
15-1.2 Nomex or equivalent fire-resistant driving suit<br />
meeting SFI or FIA standards with a minimum of 2<br />
layers and full-length underwear of similar material.<br />
15-1.3 Gloves, shoes, and socks made of fire-resistant<br />
material.<br />
15-1.4 A 6-point Driver restraint system - lap belt and<br />
shoulder harness minimum 3” wide or FIA standards<br />
8853-98 or NASCAR standard. The system<br />
must conform to the manufacturer’s mounting<br />
instructions, and it must be configured, maintained<br />
and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s<br />
instructions. The system must be dated by the<br />
manufacturer, and must not be used beyond 3<br />
years after date of manufacture.<br />
15-1.5 Head and Neck Restraint Device/System – It is<br />
required that Drivers use an approved system. The<br />
system must conform to the manufacturer’s<br />
mounting instructions, and it must be configured,<br />
maintained and used in accordance with the manufacturer’s<br />
instructions. The approved system is:<br />
HANS-manufacturer Hubbard/Downing, Inc.<br />
contact Trish England in Customer Service at 888-<br />
426-7999 (for overseas calls use 770-457-1046) or<br />
75
hansdevice.com. The approved head and neck<br />
restraining device/system will remain approved for<br />
use in competition until their expiration date which<br />
is five (5) years after the date of manufacture. At this<br />
time the head and neck restraint device/system<br />
must be returned to the manufacturer for inspection<br />
and re-certification.<br />
15-1.6 GT, GS and ST cars – A Driver’s side window net<br />
meeting SFI Specification 27.1 is required. It must<br />
latch in the upper forward corner and the bottom of<br />
the net must be attached to the upper door (#9) and<br />
cannot be mounted to the bodywork. It must latch<br />
with a seat belt style latch in the upper forward<br />
corner. The system must be dated by the manufacturer,<br />
and must not be used beyond 3 years after<br />
date of manufacture.<br />
15-1.7 All areas of the cockpit (including roll cage tubes,<br />
upper frame rails and any other object) that are<br />
within the proximity of the Driver in his seated position<br />
must be padded. The padding must be<br />
dense-foam hard coat, approved padding, (the SFI<br />
approved padding) offered by CV Products,<br />
RPXpress, and others is acceptable to Officials.<br />
15-1.8 Seats must be rigidly mounted and incorporate a<br />
headrest. Adjustable sliding seats must have positive<br />
retention in both forward and rearward<br />
directions so as not to slide during impact. All seat<br />
systems must incorporate rigid lateral support and<br />
restraint at the head, shoulder and hips for all<br />
entered Drivers, and must have a rigidly affixed<br />
head pad (minimum 6”h x6”w) behind the Driver’s<br />
head with a minimum of 2” SFI 45.2 padding. The<br />
shell must contain 1” minimum of impact padding<br />
measured perpendicular to the seat back. Padding<br />
may taper to less than 1” at edges or non support<br />
areas. Padding must be either bead foam or SFI<br />
45.2 or as delivered on FIA approved seats. Inserts<br />
must also be bead foam or SFI 45.2 padding<br />
molded to Driver. No gaps between insert and seat.<br />
All seats and head restraint materials must be fire<br />
resistant or covered in fire resistant material such as<br />
Nomex or Carbonex.<br />
DP Seats:<br />
Seats must be carbon fiber shell rigidly mounted to<br />
the chassis at the base and seatback. Gap between<br />
76
seat back and firewall must be filled with padding to<br />
prevent shell deflection in rear impacts. Lateral<br />
head support, if used, may be part of seat or<br />
chassis mounted, and must be rigid and have<br />
minimum of 2” SFI 45.2 padding.<br />
GT, GS and ST Seats<br />
FIA approved seats are recommended. It is recommended<br />
that seats be rigidly mounted to the<br />
chassis at the base and seatback. If seat adjusters<br />
are used they must be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Single rail locking systems are prohibited. It is<br />
recommended that adjustable seats incorporate a<br />
structure or mechanism that provides lateral<br />
stability to the seat at shoulder level in all fore/aft<br />
positions.<br />
15-1.9 The use of center and door side nets is required.<br />
Only <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved mounting kits and SFI<br />
37.1 Kevlar approved nets are permitted. The only<br />
approved release mechanisms are the Safety<br />
Solutions swing-close hasp and the Safecraft<br />
“bullet” release. The Safecraft release may be used<br />
in combination with the swing-close hasp. The<br />
Safecraft 90-1000 Ratchet/Release may be used in<br />
the center net position. The system must be dated<br />
by the manufacturer and may not be used beyond<br />
3 years from the date of manufacturer.<br />
DP: Must use only constructor supplied installation<br />
kits.<br />
Net Installation: For seats without lateral head<br />
supports the nets should be along the longitudinal<br />
centerline of car. Net should be as close to helmet<br />
as possible, with minimal angular divergence<br />
permitted. For seats with lateral head supports the<br />
installation is similar but net must be in contact with<br />
head support and attached slightly inboard at the<br />
rear so as to partially wrap around the support. The<br />
nets should be installed with some tension. It is the<br />
teams responsibility that the upper strap of net is at<br />
or above center of gravity of helmet for all Drivers.<br />
15-2 Fire Extinguishers – for GT, GS and ST (DP see the DP-<br />
GCS)<br />
15-2.1 It is required that all cars have a built-in fire extinguishing<br />
system, minimum capacity 10lbs pounds<br />
77
(Halon 1211 or equivalent), with discharge nozzles<br />
at the cockpit, fuel cell and engine compartment.<br />
The actuator must be within the Driver’s reach. Fire<br />
system must be mounted so the required gauge is<br />
visible at all times. All cars must identify all extinguisher<br />
and electrical cut off switches with<br />
appropriate “E” and “Spark” decals. All cars are<br />
required to have additional electrical and fire<br />
switches located outside of the car on the cowl or<br />
bodywork at the base of the Driver’s side “A” pillar.<br />
15-3 Towing Eyes - All cars must be equipped with a strong steel,<br />
steel cable, Kevlar rope or at least 6000 series aluminum,<br />
clearly marked towing eye front and rear. The towing eye<br />
must have an eye diameter of not less than 2” and not more<br />
than 4” with a minimum thickness of 0.312”. Towing eyes<br />
must be painted a contrasting color - red, yellow or orange.<br />
15-4 Delphi Safety Light System - All cars must use the Delphi<br />
Course Condition In Car Safety System. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will<br />
supply each registered car with the receiver. The wiring<br />
harness is available for purchase. The system must be<br />
installed per the provided directions, including mounting of<br />
the antenna externally. The receiver and complete mounting<br />
bracket must be installed as a system, once issued by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>, the system remains the property of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
at all times. If not returned upon <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s request, the<br />
Entrant will automatically be fined $2000 for replacement. All<br />
cars must have the system functioning before any Session.<br />
15-5 In-Car T.V. Camera. All DP and GT cars must mount on their<br />
roof either an actual in-car camera or the in-car camera<br />
replacement dummy unit. The unmodified dummy unit must<br />
be mounted on the opposite side of center-line of the car<br />
from the Driver 12.5” rearward of the trailing edge of the<br />
windshield and 4.5” off of the centerline of the roof or as<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Each dummy unit is dimensionally<br />
identical to an actual camera unit. The dummy unit is available<br />
in advance from BSR as part # BSR.CP.2004 (Contact<br />
BSR, 704-795-0901) or is available at the track from the<br />
RPXpress or CV Products trailers.<br />
78
SECTION 16 - FINAL TEXT<br />
16-1 Final Text - The final text is the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Road Racing<br />
Association Regulations, which will be used, should any<br />
dispute arise over their interpretation.<br />
SECTION 17 - ROLL CAGE DIAGR<strong>AM</strong><br />
17-1 EXHIBIT #1 - EXPLODED VIEW OF BASIC ROLL CAGE<br />
(SOME BARS REMOVED FOR CLARITY)<br />
SECTION 18 - WINDSHIELD BRACE DIAGR<strong>AM</strong><br />
18-1 EXHIBIT #2 - GT WINDSHIELD BRACE MINIMUMS ARE<br />
AS FOLLOWS:<br />
Minimum 1/2” angle or 1/2” tubing, aluminum or steel.<br />
Bottom must be bolted to firewall or cowl, or welded to roll<br />
cage structure. Top to be attached to roll cage at roof bar #3.<br />
Minimum spacing between braces is 8”.<br />
Top to be attached p to roll cage at roof g bar #3<br />
Minimum sp<br />
Minimum spacing between braces is 8"<br />
79
DAYTONA PROTOTYPES REGULATIONS<br />
81
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> DAYTONA PROTOTYPES<br />
SECTION 1 - INTRODUCTION<br />
1-1 Classifications - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> has developed these specifications<br />
for competition automobiles that will participate in<br />
the “Daytona Prototypes or “DP” class.”<br />
1-1.1 DP cars are closed-cockpit, mid-engine automobiles,<br />
with a complete frame (non-stressed engine).<br />
1-2 Competition -<br />
1-2.1 DP cars will compete in a single classification in the<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car Series.<br />
1-3 Eligibility –<br />
1-3.1 Generation 1 (Gen1) and Generation 2 (Gen2)<br />
Daytona Prototype cars are eligible to compete until<br />
12/31/13 in their approved configuration. Only<br />
chassis of currently approved Daytona Prototype<br />
Constructors are eligible for conversion to<br />
Generation 3 (Gen3) specification. The only<br />
approved constructors of Daytona Prototype<br />
chassis for the <strong>2013</strong> season are:<br />
Riley –Bill Riley<br />
704-526-8758<br />
Bill.riley@rileytech.com<br />
Dallara – Luca Bergianti Coyote – Eddie Cheever<br />
003-938-07075496 317-713-3191<br />
L.Bergianti@dallara.it eddie@cheevergroup.com<br />
1-4 Daytona Prototype Gen1, Gen2, and Gen3 -<br />
1-4.1 Gen3 Daytona Prototypes are defined as those built<br />
to the 2012 Daytona Prototype Constructors<br />
Manual first issued on March 31, 2011 and subsequently<br />
updated.<br />
1-4.2 Effective at the beginning of the 2012 racing<br />
season, all Daytona Prototypes (Gen1, Gen2, and<br />
Gen3) will be subject to aerodynamic evaluation<br />
and will have a specific Permitted Aerodynamic<br />
Specification (PAS) defined. The current PAS for all<br />
DP manufacturers will be posted on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> competition website.<br />
1-4.3 The PAS for each D P manufacturer shall specify<br />
exact components and permitted settings for<br />
82
components and systems that are judged by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> to be relevant to the aerodynamic<br />
performance of the car. The current defined PAS<br />
shall supersede any other allowances in the DP<br />
regulations.<br />
1-5 Additional Specifications -<br />
1-5.1 Additional specifications respective to the<br />
constructor and/or engine of the car shall be listed<br />
in the Specific Car Regulations (“SCR”) which can<br />
be obtained by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Headquarters or found<br />
under the rules and regulations section of the<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> competitor website.<br />
SECTION 2 – BODYWORK<br />
2-1 Bodywork -<br />
2-1.1 The bottom of the car must be flat from the front<br />
bulkhead to the rear axle centerline and the full<br />
width of the bodywork, side to side with a tolerance<br />
of +.25 -.00”.<br />
Rub blocks may be added to the underside of<br />
the flat bottom behind the front axle centerline of<br />
the car. There may be a maximum of 6 areas, each<br />
3” x 3” to accommodate the installation of rub<br />
blocks. The maximum thickness of the rub blocks<br />
defined area is 0.250”. These rub blocks may<br />
protrude below the minimum ground clearance<br />
requirement of 1.5”.<br />
The bodywork between the front and rear wheels<br />
below the axle centerline may be moved inward to<br />
a minimum overall width of 77” exposing the flat<br />
floor (reference plane) to a maximum of 1” on either<br />
side. Add on components in this area are prohibited.<br />
2-1.2 The underside of the flat bottom shall serve as the<br />
reference plane for all subsequent measurements<br />
unless otherwise specified.<br />
2-1.3 No sprung part of the car is permitted below the<br />
reference plane, except the rub blocks referred to in<br />
Section 2-1.1.<br />
2-1.4 Bodywork must fully cover the circumference of all<br />
of the wheels and tires above the axle centerlines,<br />
as viewed from above, and all other mechanical<br />
components, except the radiator.<br />
83
2-1.5 The area directly behind the frontal projection of the<br />
rear tires may have aero devices added respecting<br />
all other originally approved dimensional body<br />
regulations. Such devices are not permitted for<br />
Gen3 DPs. Bodywork shall not be modified in any<br />
way. A maximum 60 sq. in hole is permitted in the<br />
bodywork under the tail light and directly behind<br />
the frontal projection of the rear tire.<br />
2-1.6 No ducts or openings are permitted from the front<br />
wheel well /arch to the engine/ main roll hoop bulkhead<br />
along the vertical side of the car and, below a<br />
longitudinal plane of 20” above the flat floor reference<br />
plane. A single duct sized 6 inches by 12<br />
inches is permitted in a location behind the<br />
engine/main roll hoop bulkhead below the 20 inch<br />
reference. This duct is permitted on either side of<br />
the car.<br />
2-1.7 The only air permitted to pass through the inside of<br />
the car from the dash bulkhead to the engine/main<br />
roll hoop bulkhead, may only pass in an area above<br />
the side pod structure(s) or via the approved Gen3<br />
side exit duct if present.<br />
2-1.8 The rear engine bulkhead separating the driver<br />
compartment from the engine compartment must<br />
be maintained with no holes or openings of any<br />
kind.<br />
2-1.9 Wheel wells/arches must be complete and remain<br />
open as viewed from the side. Wheel well<br />
covers/doors are prohibited. No modifications of<br />
any kind may be made to the wheel opening<br />
design, as delivered by the constructor.<br />
2-1.10 Mirrors. All cars must be equipped with 2 functional<br />
outside/A-pillar/front fender rear view mirrors that<br />
are of a minimum dimension of 2 5/8” X 5 5/8”. An<br />
open unobstructed area measuring 7” X 11” (with a<br />
1” chamfer on each corner) must be maintained<br />
from the mirror to the rear of the car.<br />
2-1.11 All cars must have a transparent polycarbonate rear<br />
window above the engine compartment with a<br />
minimum size of 865 sq. in. for Gen2 and 700 sq. in.<br />
for Gen3. A maximum of 2 flush NACA ducts may<br />
be installed in the rear window. They must be<br />
transparent if they are required to achieve the<br />
minimum visible area rule, and they may be opaque<br />
if other areas are available to achieve the requirement.<br />
These may be used to duct intake air in or out<br />
84
of the engine compartment The maximum size of<br />
each duct is 10.5” wide x 19.0” long if a single duct<br />
is present and 9.0” wide x 12.0” long if 2 ducts are<br />
present.<br />
2-1.12 Rear Spoiler. An adjustable rear lip spoiler may be<br />
added to the rear of the approved bodywork<br />
provided it complies with the dimensional requirements<br />
and for rearview mirror visibility. The leading<br />
edge of the spoiler must not extend forward of the<br />
leading edge of the rear wing. No air may pass<br />
under the bottom side of the spoiler. For Gen3 DP<br />
cars, detailed spoiler rules may be specified that<br />
prohibit any deviation from the approved configuration<br />
and that provide for deviation from the rear<br />
overhang rule herein. Rear spoilers, or any added<br />
rear spoiler wickers may not be slotted to accommodate<br />
interference with the rear wing end plates.<br />
(Note) The regulation permitting the wing end plate<br />
to be trimmed and the mirror visibility limitations<br />
define the maximum size wicker/spoiler angle<br />
combination.<br />
2-1.13 Each registered DP car may utilize the complete<br />
original approved bodywork or the complete new<br />
approved 2012 bodywork. Once a team has<br />
declared which bodywork they will utilize in a<br />
season they may not change from the declared<br />
bodywork.<br />
2-1.14 Riley Technologies Gen 2 DP cars are required to<br />
use the wide rear engine cover deck lid.<br />
2-2 Headlights and tail/brake lights are required and must be<br />
operational at all times.<br />
2-2.1 Additional driving lights are permitted.<br />
2-2.2 The primary head and tail-light of the engine manufacturer<br />
may be original, replacements of the same<br />
dimension, or represented by a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approved decal of the same dimension and shape,<br />
so long as fully functioning lights are maintained<br />
within the lens/decal area. Headlight and taillight<br />
shapes and sizes must come from the engine<br />
manufacturer’s current road car catalog. Primary<br />
headlights must be located forward of and<br />
outboard of the inner edge of the front tire. Brake<br />
lights and taillights must be located above the rear<br />
axle centerline and aft and outboard of the inner<br />
edge of the rear tire.<br />
85
2-2.3 A high intensity red rear rain light (minimum 21 watt)<br />
must be mounted in the center rear of the car.<br />
2-2.4 Headlamp and tail lamp changes must be approved<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2-3 Aerodynamic Devices – Ducts – Vents - Louvers<br />
2-3.1 Any air intake ducts/openings in the exterior bodywork<br />
must duct all air directly to the brakes,<br />
through a cooler or directly into the engine<br />
compartment intake or cockpit, These ducts may<br />
also, exhaust air from the cockpit except as specifically<br />
approved for Gen3 DP cars. Additional<br />
ducting may be added to the door windows for<br />
driver cooling, subject to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval.<br />
2-3.2 The engine water radiator must be mounted<br />
forward of the front bulkhead, and must exhaust the<br />
hot air out of the bodywork forward of the windshield.<br />
The radiator may be visible when viewed<br />
from above.<br />
The radiator exhaust duct area may be adjustable<br />
in length but may not extend beyond the original<br />
body contour or be visible in side profile. A 0.500”<br />
gurney may be added to the radiator exhaust duct<br />
area. Any added material must be painted to match<br />
the car color.<br />
2-3.3 Engine air intakes may only be located rearward of<br />
the side door window and located below the plane<br />
of the roof. The intake may also extend outwards<br />
from the vertical bodywork plane no more than 3”<br />
and be an integral part of the bodywork. Inlet air<br />
may also be ducted through clear NACA ducts in<br />
the rear window as described in Section 2-1.11.<br />
2-3.4 Roof air inlets, or snorkel scoops are prohibited. A<br />
maximum of 2 vents, each a maximum size of, 11<br />
square inches, may be installed in the roof for<br />
exhausting air from the cockpit.<br />
2-3.5 Rear Wing. The rear wing and end plates must be<br />
the 2011 Crawford Composites Rear Wing and End<br />
plates (“Spec Wing”) as delivered with no modifications<br />
and mounted at the rear of the car.<br />
• The Spec Wing must be, 72” wide.<br />
• A maximum .750” wicker is permitted.<br />
• The Spec Wing must be mounted so that no<br />
part of the wing or wicker is higher than 41”<br />
above the reference plane and so that no part<br />
of the wing extends beyond the perimeter of<br />
86
the car as viewed from above, or as specified<br />
in the PAS.<br />
• The Spec Wing must be mounted symmetrical<br />
to the centerline of the car.<br />
• The Spec Wing rear wing end plates must be<br />
mounted using the provided holes and slots<br />
and must be oriented such that the top edge<br />
is horizontal +/- 1 deg. The height of end plate<br />
may be trimmed as necessary (to a minimum<br />
dimension of 11 5/8”) to accommodate<br />
approved rear spoiler angle adjustments. End<br />
plate may be higher than the 41” from reference<br />
plane dimension. The finish on the outer<br />
side of the wing end plate may be painted or<br />
wrapped: the inboard side of the end plate<br />
may not be altered/painted/covered (including<br />
tape) in any way. Removable die cut vinyl<br />
sponsorship decals may be applied with the<br />
approval of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
• The Spec Wing must use the standard wing<br />
support mounting position as specified and<br />
approved by the supplier.<br />
• Wing supports are to be made of flat<br />
aluminum or steel plate as submitted by the<br />
constructor and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
• The Spec Wing may not be adjustable from<br />
inside the car.<br />
Wings may not be painted or covered in any<br />
way. Removable die cut vinyl sponsorship<br />
decals may be applied with the approval of<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Contact Crawford Composites at<br />
704-483-8726. CCDP 412W (Wing with end<br />
plates and gurney, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Daytona<br />
Prototype, carbon/autoclaved).<br />
2-3.6 Louvers. Louvers above the front wheels/tires are<br />
required with a minimum of 30 sq. in. of opening.<br />
The louvers must not protrude more than 1” above<br />
the bodywork and no mechanical components<br />
(including the tires) may be visible when viewed<br />
from above (or perpendicular to the radius if on a<br />
curved surface).<br />
2-3.7 Front Spoiler. Front spoiler/splitter may be used.<br />
The maximum spoiler/splitter length is 4” from the<br />
approved body work as viewed from above,<br />
respecting all dimensions. G3 cars will have a<br />
87
specific approved splitter shape which may be up<br />
to 5.0” from the approved bodywork in some cases.<br />
• A single splitter with underside shape is<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for each type of<br />
chassis constructor.<br />
• Alternative-configuration devices such as<br />
blockers and/or turning vanes are specifically<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for each chassis<br />
constructor. No modification to these specific<br />
approved components is permitted.<br />
2-3.8 Wheel Wicker. A single wheel wicker on the leading<br />
edge of the front wheel opening may be added to<br />
each side of the car to a maximum height of 13” off<br />
the measuring (scale platform) surface.<br />
2-3.9 A single add-on dive plane may be added to each<br />
side of the car in front of the front wheel centerline<br />
to a height of 13” off the measuring (scale platform)<br />
surface and no further inboard than the frontal<br />
projection of the front tire.<br />
• Dive planes will be described as a single plane<br />
of a consistent thickness. Curved surfaces are<br />
not permitted.<br />
• The dive plane may have a vertical surface only<br />
to attach the dive plane to the bodywork. Dive<br />
planes must be installed at an angle no greater<br />
than 75 degrees and no less than 25 degrees.<br />
Dive planes maximum length is 4” from the<br />
approved body work as viewed from above and<br />
must be compliant with all other requirements<br />
and dimensions of the DP. Gen3 is as specified<br />
in the PAS.<br />
2-3.10 Rear Dive Planes. Up to 2 rear dive planes may be<br />
added to the rear of each side of the car. The rear<br />
dive plane(s) may be curved. The rear dive plane(s)<br />
may not have end fences. The dive plane may have<br />
a vertical surface only to attach to the body work.<br />
Gen3 is as specified in the PAS.<br />
SECTION 3 - WEIGHT<br />
3-1 Minimum Weight - Minimum car weight, per engine<br />
displacement, less fuel and driver race ready.<br />
Minimum weight for cars 4.0 liters or more, 2325 lbs<br />
Minimum weight for cars under 4.0 liters, 2275 lbs<br />
3-1.1 The use of titanium is prohibited except for engine<br />
valves and valve spring retainers.<br />
88
3-1.2 The use of magnesium is prohibited.<br />
SECTION 4 - ENGINE ELIGIBILITY AND MODIFICATIONS<br />
4-1 Eligibility - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will regulate engines as follows -<br />
4-1.1 The eligible engines will be determined, selected,<br />
and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and listed in the<br />
SCR. To be approved, an engine must be submitted<br />
to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for testing and analysis. Upon<br />
approval, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will specify components and<br />
performance levels in the SCR that must be strictly<br />
adhered to.<br />
4-1.2 All engines must be production-based engines<br />
(changes in bore and stroke or other specifications<br />
may be required by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in some circumstances).<br />
4-1.3 Maximum engine RPM, throttle body size/diameter,<br />
valve lift and size, and maximum compression ratio<br />
will be specified in the SCR. Engine air box and air<br />
inlet restrictions may also be required.<br />
4-2 General Engine Requirements<br />
4-2.1 Engines must be normally aspirated.<br />
4-2.2 Cylinder heads must retain the same number and<br />
location of intake and exhaust ports, valves, spark<br />
plugs, and camshafts (if used) as the production<br />
engine. Valve location, valve size (engines<br />
exceeding 4.35L) and angles must remain stock as<br />
on the approved production heads. Intake/exhaust<br />
porting and polishing is permitted as specified in<br />
the SCR DP Engine list.<br />
4-2.3 Normal blueprint machining may be performed on<br />
the engine components. The stock production<br />
block and cylinder heads must be used, unless an<br />
alternate has been approved. Production bore size<br />
with a maximum of .030” overbore is permitted.<br />
4-2.4 The use of titanium or ceramic engine components<br />
is prohibited except for titanium valves and titanium<br />
valve spring retainers.<br />
4-2.5 The following items may be replaced with aftermarket<br />
components - steel crankshaft, steel rods,<br />
round aluminum pistons, titanium or steel valves,<br />
steel valve springs, camshafts, cam followers,<br />
timing chain/cam drive and dry sump oil pump and<br />
system. Replacement items must be readily available<br />
to all Competitors.<br />
89
4-2.6 The intake system (manifold and/or throttle body),<br />
unmodified, as on the originally approved and<br />
tested engine must be used. Actual pieces, engineering<br />
drawings, CAD files, and photographs will<br />
be used to determine standard compliance.<br />
4-2.7 The exhaust is free except - Exhaust system must<br />
be of round or oval tubing and must exit at the rear<br />
of the car, below the rear valance.<br />
Exhaust system must remain within the perimeter<br />
of the bodywork when viewed from above. Variable<br />
exhaust systems are prohibited.<br />
4-2.8 Engine Air Box – The complete engine air box<br />
and/or cool air induction system to the air box must<br />
be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
4-2.9 All teams, with the assistance and coordination of<br />
the engine builders or manufacturer must ensure<br />
that there is at least 1 shipping crate available at<br />
each Event capable of transporting their engine,<br />
exhaust headers and engine air inlet system to a<br />
testing facility of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s choosing.<br />
4-3 Detailed Engine Requirements -<br />
4-3.1 6 or 8-cylinder engines up to 3.99 L are allowed<br />
with unlimited compression and unlimited air inlet.<br />
4-valve engines larger than 4.0L to 4.35L are<br />
allowed a maximum compression ratio of 11:1.<br />
Maximum RPM and maximum valve lift will be listed<br />
in the SCR. Intake air restriction may also be<br />
required.<br />
4-valve engines larger than 4.35L to a maximum of<br />
5.0L are allowed a maximum compression ratio of<br />
11:1 and a maximum cylinder bore of 3.720”.<br />
Maximum RPM and maximum valve lift will be listed<br />
in the SCR. Intake air restriction may also be<br />
required.<br />
Engines over 4.5L in displacement must run a five<br />
speed transaxle.<br />
2-valve engines up to 5.0L are allowed a<br />
maximum compression ratio of 11:1 and a<br />
maximum cylinder bore of 4”. Maximum RPM and<br />
maximum valve lift will be listed in the SCR. Intake<br />
air restriction may also be required.<br />
4-3.2 All DP cars must use the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Spec Bosch<br />
ECU and Wiring Harness (“Spec ECU”). Each<br />
entrant will be eligible to purchase 1 ECU, 1 engine<br />
wiring harness and 1 chassis adapter harness at<br />
90
the discounted price. Spares are available on a<br />
different price scale. Spec ECU and wiring<br />
harnesses cannot be modified in any way.<br />
SECTION 5 - DRIVETRAIN<br />
5-1 Approved Models - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will specify the manufacturers<br />
and approved models of transaxles in the SCR.<br />
5-1.1 Limited slip differential will be allowed as follows;<br />
either a non-ramp type, limited slip, clutch plate<br />
differential or a ramp type differential will be utilized.<br />
Only the approved ramp angles will be permitted.<br />
The ramp angles will remain equal for all approved<br />
transaxles. The only ramp angles that are approved<br />
are 30/60 and 45/70. Ramps may be run in either<br />
orientation. (Flipped around). There is no limit on<br />
gear ratios. No suspension mounting points are<br />
allowed on/to the transaxle case(s). All transaxle<br />
units must include a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved<br />
transaxle/suspension plate.<br />
5-1.2 DP cars are allowed to use the following externally<br />
adjustable differential kits. Xtrac # 386-981-002A,<br />
EMCO # 469771 and Hewland NLT-212.<br />
These cannot be modified from their original configuration.<br />
5-2 Clutch/Flywheel – Flywheel must be steel. Clutch must be a<br />
heavy-duty multiple-disc type, using 3 or more metallic discs<br />
with a minimum diameter of 5.5”. Carbon clutches are<br />
prohibited.<br />
5-3 Maximum forward gears - A maximum of 5 forward gears<br />
are allowed for car with engines over 4.51L. A maximum of 6<br />
forward gears are allowed for cars with engines up to 4.5L.<br />
5-4 Sequential gear change - Mechanical sequential gear<br />
change is permitted for approved drivers. 5-5 Gear ratios are<br />
free.<br />
5-5 Gear ratios are free.<br />
5-6 Bell housing/Adapter Plate - The engine to transaxle<br />
adapter plate must be made of steel or aluminum.<br />
5-7 Axle Retention - The transaxle must be fitted with a<br />
complete approved axle retention system, including the<br />
91
output flanges, tripod joints, axles and hub drive. The<br />
approved axle retention systems are:<br />
EMCO Gears, Inc. Pankl Racing Systems XTrac<br />
703 South Girlschool Rd. 16615 Edwards Road 6183 West 80th Street<br />
Indianapolis, IN 46231 Cerritos, CA 90703 Indianapolis IN 46278<br />
317 243 3838 562-677-7254 317 472 2454<br />
5-8 Attenuator – Each transaxle must be fitted with the Riley<br />
Technologies rear transaxle attenuator mounted per the<br />
manufacturer’s specifications. Contact - Mike Croake at<br />
Riley Technologies, 704-663-6319 email -<br />
mike.croake@RileyTech.com.<br />
SECTION 6 - WHEELS & TIRES<br />
6-1 Official Tire - The Official Tire Supplier for the DP class is<br />
Continental Tire. Contact: Continental Tire by email:<br />
www.continentalrace.com. Tire sizes are; Front 320/650-18;<br />
Rear 325/710-18.<br />
6-2 Tire Control – <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will determine the number of<br />
Sets permitted for Event based on the duration of each<br />
Event. Each registered car will supply serialized or marked<br />
wheels to the Official Tire Supplier to facilitate mounting and<br />
balancing prior to their first Event. Competitors must identify<br />
wheels with a permanent car number on the wheel center.<br />
The Official Tire Supplier will bring their mounted tires and<br />
wheels to the Event ready for use. Competitors must return<br />
their tires and wheels to the Official Tire Supplier within 1<br />
hour of the conclusion of each Event. Competitors will be<br />
allowed to retain 1 Set of designated set-up tires in their<br />
possession at all times. If a Competitor wishes to reuse any<br />
tires they will be marked accordingly and returned at the next<br />
Event and will become part of the allotment.<br />
6-2.1 Tires are allotted to specific cars numbers and<br />
cannot be used by another car under any circumstance<br />
and must be mounted to the numbered<br />
wheels for that car. Any car found to be using a tire<br />
allotted to another car will be immediately excluded<br />
from the race.<br />
6-2.2 24 hours: Limited to 32 Sets of dry tires.<br />
6-2.3 Wets: Competitors are encouraged and allowed to<br />
keep 1 or more Sets of wet tires in their possession.<br />
6-2.4 Tire and wheel exchange: If for any reason a<br />
Competitor does not return all the tires to the<br />
Official Tire Supplier at the conclusion of the Event<br />
92
their allotment of tires for the next Event will be<br />
limited. For instance if a Competitor is 4 tires short<br />
on the return they will be docked 8 tires from their<br />
allotment for the Event.<br />
6-2.5 Damaged wheels: Wheels that have been<br />
damaged at the Event should be dismounted and<br />
replaced if possible. Competitors will be notified of<br />
any wheels received damaged at the Official Tire<br />
Suppliers facility and will be responsible for their<br />
replacement.<br />
6-3 Tire Testing - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will authorize the sale of specially<br />
marked tires but the Official Tire Supplier, for independent<br />
testing on the following basis.<br />
6-3.1 On an individual case-by-case basis following a<br />
written request from the team/constructor for the<br />
purposes of testing new drivers, shaking down new<br />
cars for customers, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved media<br />
events, new customer introductions or other<br />
special cases. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will be the sole entity<br />
deciding on these cases and the decision will be<br />
final.<br />
6-3.2 All tires authorized for independent testing and/or<br />
on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> test days cannot be used for any<br />
session during an Event.<br />
6-3.3 All test tires must be returned to the Official Tire<br />
Supplier prior to picking up race tire Sets.<br />
6-3.4 Each DP Entrant is specifically prohibited from any<br />
independent testing without <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s prior<br />
knowledge and approval. This includes all forms of<br />
testing whether it is on track or off. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
may specify official track tests during the course of<br />
the season. All testing must be conducted on the<br />
series approved tires as delivered by the Official<br />
Tire Supplier.<br />
6-4 Wheels -<br />
6-4.1 All wheels must be 18” diameter and permanently<br />
marked on the wheel centers with the number of<br />
the car they will be used on.<br />
6-4.2 Maximum complete wheel/tire cross-section width<br />
is 14”.<br />
6-4.3 Wheel offset is free.<br />
6-4.4 Wheels must be of an approved 3-piece design.<br />
BBS and Forgeline are the only approved wheels.<br />
Front - Maximum 12.5” bead width permitted.<br />
93
Rear - Maximum 13” bead width permitted.<br />
6-4.5 Single wheel minimum weight<br />
Front – 22.5 lbs.<br />
Rear – 23.5 lbs.<br />
SECTION 7 - SUSPENSION<br />
7-1 Design - Suspension must be 4-wheel independent design,<br />
with only 1 spring and 1 shock absorber per wheel permitted.<br />
The spring must be on the shock absorber (coil over style). A<br />
3rd spring is prohibited. Bump rubbers or packers are<br />
permitted. All suspension components must be used as they<br />
were delivered or updated by the constructor.<br />
7-2 Rear Suspension - All rear suspension and coil over<br />
mounting/pickup points must be to either the main chassis<br />
framework, the engine bell housing/adapter plate and/or the<br />
transaxle/suspension mounting plate. Suspension mounting<br />
points are permitted on the transaxle case.<br />
7-3 Active Suspension is prohibited.<br />
7-4 Shock Absorbers – Only <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved make and<br />
model shock absorbers may be used. All shocks must be the<br />
same as the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> sample shock.<br />
7-4.1 Approved brands and models<br />
– Dynamic Suspension DSSV<br />
– Penske 8760<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will maintain checking components in<br />
order to verify compliance and identical configuration;<br />
it is the Competitor’s responsibility to verify<br />
that their units are exactly the same as the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> checking pieces in all regards.<br />
Competitor modifications to or fabrications of<br />
complete damper components that are not<br />
produced. The following exceptions apply:<br />
1. Oil bleeding vacuum machine port addition to<br />
shaft bearings (Penske)<br />
2. Machining of piston ID from .500 to .625 (to<br />
accept Penske decoupled top-out plate<br />
assembly AS-DCP454 or Digressive Blow-Off<br />
Components P-DIG-A and PI-DIG-B).<br />
Parts lists will be posted on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> website.<br />
7-4.2 Maximum 3-way adjustment with 1 remote canister<br />
is permitted.<br />
7-4.3 Cross-connected shocks are prohibited.<br />
94
7-4.4 Spring and shock absorber adjustment from inside<br />
the cockpit are prohibited.<br />
7-4.5 Hydraulic ride height adjustment of any kind is<br />
prohibited. Any form of driver controlled ride height<br />
adjustment is prohibited.<br />
7-4.6 Driver adjustable front and rear anti-roll bars are<br />
permitted. The adjustment mechanism may only<br />
consist of mechanically operated levers acting on<br />
“blade” type adjusters or connector links moving on<br />
the length of the anti-roll bar “leg” or “arm”. When<br />
used, Anti-roll bars must be connected to the<br />
suspension by a solid link. Links may be adjustable<br />
in length but must be a fixed length during on-track<br />
operation. The use of heim joints will be permitted.<br />
No preloading of anti-roll bars will be permitted.<br />
SECTION 8 - CHASSIS /BODY Dimensions<br />
8-1 Basic Dimensions -<br />
8-1.1 Overall length - 175 to 180”.<br />
8-1.2 Overall width - 77 to 79”.<br />
8-1.3 Overhangs - Front; maximum 36” total, including a<br />
maximum of 4”of splitter length. Rear; 32 to 34”,<br />
measured from the axle centerlines.<br />
8-1.4 Overall height - Minimum roof height 41”, measured<br />
from the reference plane.<br />
8-1.5 Minimum ground clearance - 1.5”.<br />
8-1.6 Additional chassis structure or reinforcement may<br />
be added to the approved chassis design.<br />
8-1.7 The #2 floor section (center engine compartment)<br />
may have up to 400 sq. in total of flush opening (no<br />
protrusions on the inner or outer surface of the floor<br />
panel) symmetrical around the centerline of the car.<br />
8-1.8 It is recommended that the driver’s compartment<br />
foot well have an additional metal floor above the<br />
“reference plane” floor to protect the driver’s feet<br />
and legs in the event of damage to the original floor.<br />
8-1.9 The front floor may not project forward of the front<br />
bulkhead section.<br />
Riley cars may use L09-100C-REP for front floor<br />
repair.<br />
SECTION 9 - BRAKES<br />
9-1 Brake rotors must be made of magnetic cast iron or cast<br />
steel (ferrous) material. Maximum size - thickness 1.42”<br />
95
(36mm) X 14” (355mm) diameter. Minimum of 48 cooling<br />
vanes in the rotor are required.<br />
9-2 Calipers - Only <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved brake calipers of<br />
aluminum construction are permitted – Only 1 brake caliper<br />
with a maximum of 6 pistons per wheel is permitted.<br />
Maximum/Minimum front caliper stack width is<br />
96mm/88mm, minimum rear caliper stack width is 83mm.<br />
Approved caliper list is available from Headquarters or<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
9-3 Brake hat material must be aluminum or steel alloy. No titanium.<br />
No gear driven hats. Hat offset is free.<br />
9-4 Brakes for 24 hour endurance races are per Section 9.1,<br />
Section 9.2, and Section 9.3.<br />
9-5 For all events except for 24 hour endurance Events,<br />
complete brake systems for the DPclass will be specified<br />
and may only be used in the as-produced configuration from<br />
the approved manufacturer. The following specific approved<br />
brake components, by manufacturer part number, will be<br />
permitted:<br />
Manufacturer Front Caliper Front Rotor Rear Caliper Rear Rotor<br />
Alcon CAR9549Z55DSLT/RT DIV2199X270C48L/R CAR8040E01DSLT/RT DIV2198X431<br />
AP CP5056-2/3S7MP CP5772-1150/1 CP6070-2/3S7MP CP3870-1130/1<br />
CP6078<br />
CP6470<br />
Brembo<br />
XA6.61.21/249 Forged<br />
XA4.F1.01.04 Sm. Piston<br />
XA3.02.31/32 Lg. Piston 09.a026.13/23 X9.060.53/54 09.a.9226.10/20<br />
PFC 26.378.410.410.11/12 355.32.0051.45/46 22.355.290.365.11/12 328.32.0049.47/48<br />
Note: All front and rear brake rotors must be of the same<br />
manufacturer. Any combination of rotors and calipers are<br />
accepted.<br />
SECTION 10 - FUEL SYSTEM<br />
10-1 Specification - DP must use a safety fuel cell meeting FIA FT<br />
3.5 or FIA FT-5 specifications. All fuel cells must be approved<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
10-1.1 All rubber bladders must have a printed code<br />
naming the manufacturer, the specifications to<br />
which the tank has been manufactured and the<br />
date of manufacture.<br />
10-1.2 The fill tube from the cover plate may extend no<br />
farther than 6” into the enclosed volume of the top<br />
96
of the fuel cell bladder. The fill tube cannot enter the<br />
fuel cell below a point 13” above the bottom of the<br />
fuel cell. The fill tube must be straight and may not<br />
have any swirl pots, diffusers or any other augmentation.<br />
The fuel cell fill/cover plate must be<br />
removable for inspection.<br />
10-2 Location -<br />
10-2.1 The fuel cell and lines must be sealed from the<br />
engine and cockpit compartments.<br />
10-2.2 The fuel cell compartment must have an easily<br />
accessible panel located on top of the car above<br />
the cell, through which fuel cell inspection and<br />
capacity checks, and/or fuel samples may be<br />
made.<br />
10-3 Fueling - A twin probe dry brake fueling/vent system with the<br />
ability of changing from the right to the left side of the car<br />
must be installed on a metal plate firmly attached to the main<br />
roll bar of the car.<br />
10-4 Fuel Capacity – Maximum onboard fuel capacity is 20 U.S.<br />
gallons for the Rolex 24. For the remainder of the <strong>2013</strong><br />
season fuel capacity is 18.5 gallons.<br />
SECTION 11 - TELEMETRY/DATA RECORDING<br />
11-1 Data Recorder – Each car must have installed only an EFI<br />
Level 4, Motec ADL, ADL2, ADL3, or Bosch <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>specified<br />
data recording system and optional telemetry<br />
system. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to view any/all data<br />
collected by a team/entrant at anytime. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified<br />
Bosch Data systems are permitted. The spec ECU/Data<br />
logger must always have a 128 Mb or larger Bosch memory<br />
card installed during a race or qualifying. Data cards cannot<br />
be removed from the car without permission from a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> Official. Data card cannot be erased without permission<br />
from a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official. Pitot tubes are permitted.<br />
SECTION 12 - IDENTIFICATION<br />
12-1 Car Identification - DP previously registered with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> shall be identified first by the name of the engine<br />
manufacturer and then by the Constructor. Gen3 cars may<br />
have a specific name issued by the OEM and the chassis<br />
Constructors name is not required.<br />
97
12-2 Engine Identification - If engine manufacturer is approved<br />
for Manufacturers Championship the name of the engine<br />
manufacturer, or the term “powered by” (the name of the<br />
engine manufacturer) must be displayed across the upper<br />
portion of the windscreen with the manufacturers name in<br />
letters at least 6” high. Additionally, the same term (or name)<br />
or manufacturer's logo must be displayed in a prominent<br />
location, on the centerline of the car at the front and on each<br />
side of the engine cover rearward of the side window openings.<br />
Minimum size: 32 sq. inch. If engine manufacturer is<br />
NOT approved for the Manufacturers Championship, the<br />
vehicle is required to display a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> supplied windshield<br />
banner on front windscreen.<br />
SECTION 13 - SAFETY EQUIPMENT<br />
13-1 Fire extinguishers –<br />
All DP must utilize a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved dual fire extinguisher<br />
system. The system must consist of separate fire<br />
bottles for the engine/fuel compartment and for the cockpit.<br />
The cockpit system must consist of a 2 ½ lbs. minimum<br />
capacity FE-36 bottle. The actuator for this bottle is to be<br />
mounted within reach of the driver when fully strapped in.<br />
Triggering is by means of a PULL actuator. The engine<br />
compartment system consists of 10 lbs. minimum capacity<br />
bottle of either Halon 1211 or FE36 with a remotely mounted,<br />
286 degree Fahrenheit, fast response, thermal sensor and<br />
optional cable mounted manual override, the thermal sensor<br />
and nozzle must be mounted to the firewall above the fuel<br />
cell per the supplier’s recommendations. The optional<br />
manual override cable must be PULL actuated and mounted<br />
within easy reach of the driver when fully strapped in. Only<br />
approved supplier components may be used. All system<br />
components must be used and serviced per supplier’s specifications.<br />
No other system or extinguishing agents are<br />
approved. The fire system must be mounted so the mandatory<br />
gauge is visible at all times.<br />
Approved Suppliers are:<br />
Firefox Industries<br />
3243 Old Frankstown Rd.<br />
Pittsburg PA 15239<br />
724.733.3936 James Zwergel<br />
and<br />
98
Safecraft Inc.<br />
5165-C Commercial Circle<br />
Concord ,CA 94520<br />
925.405.0307 Steven Baker<br />
13-2 Wheel Tethers -<br />
It is mandatory that all DP cars have the front and rear<br />
uprights linked to the frame using Vectran HS V-12 fiber<br />
cables (tethers) available from CV Products. On the chassis<br />
end the tether must either loop around a chassis tube or be<br />
otherwise securely retained. On the upright end the tether<br />
may be looped through openings in the upright or captured<br />
by a substantial bolt-on structure or a dedicated mounting<br />
loop attached to the upright. These attachments must be as<br />
designed by the constructor and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Tether attachment points may not be common with any other<br />
suspension mounting points. Attachment should be secured<br />
such that it exceeds the tensile strength of the tether. Each<br />
constructor has available an all-inclusive kit containing all of<br />
the components and installation instructions. The approved<br />
kit must be used.<br />
99
NOTES<br />
100
GT REGULATIONS<br />
101
<strong>GRAND</strong> TOURING GENERAL CLASS<br />
REGULATIONS (“GT-GCR”)<br />
General Class Explanation and Purpose<br />
1-1. PURPOSE. The GT class is for purpose built, highly modified<br />
versions of series produced automobiles. Cars in the GT<br />
class<br />
1. Have been in production for road use or meet homologation<br />
criteria;<br />
2. Have been for sale to the public in a regular dealer<br />
offering in North America;<br />
3. Are current productions models or no older than 3 years<br />
after the end of production.<br />
1-2. SPECIFICATIONS. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will list on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
website, the approved cars and the Specific Car Regulations<br />
for the GT class (“SCR”) according to the OEM’s make and<br />
model designation. The SCR shall be part of the Regulations<br />
and shall govern if a conflict between the GAR and the GT-<br />
GCR occur.<br />
1-3. CATEGORIES. The GT class will be comprised of 2 distinct<br />
preparation methods (“Categories”), all designed to have<br />
cars at a similar competition level for GT class racing.<br />
1-3.1. Unibody GT (“Prep 1 GT”) – This category is<br />
reserved for production cars with minor modifications.<br />
1-3.2. Semi-Tube GT (“Prep 2 GT”) – This category is for<br />
cars with modified production or tube-frame<br />
chassis. They may be front-wheel drive cars<br />
converted to rear-wheel drive or they may be cars<br />
that require physical modifications to be competitive<br />
in GT. Specified tube-frame construction is<br />
permitted. Alternative engines from the original<br />
manufacturer may be approved.<br />
SECTION 2 - GENERAL ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Eligibility<br />
2-1.1 The eligible engines shall be determined, selected<br />
and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and listed along with<br />
the engine specifications, specified components<br />
and performance levels in the GT-SCR, which must<br />
be strictly adhered to.<br />
102
2-1.2 To be approved, engines may be required to be<br />
submitted to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for testing and analysis.<br />
2-1.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may approve alternate engines from<br />
the OEM's production car lines that are not originally<br />
fitted to a specific model.<br />
2-1.4 Turbo Charging – Eligible turbocharged or supercharged<br />
engines are limited to production OE<br />
engines delivered in a normal product offering at<br />
automobile dealerships in the United States.<br />
2-2 Engine Location must remain as approved.<br />
2-2.1 (Prep 1) The engine may be freely located in the<br />
original engine bay as long as no changes to the<br />
cockpit dimensions are made. A stress mounted<br />
engine installation is prohibited.<br />
2-2.2 (Prep 2) The engine must be located in the original<br />
engine bay/compartment. Front wheel drive cars<br />
may reposition the engine to allow for rear wheel<br />
drive installation.<br />
Engine may be located so that the foremost spark<br />
plug is no farther rearward than the front axle<br />
centerline unless specified otherwise. The foremost<br />
spark plug location is defined as the centerline of<br />
the access hole in the valve cover or cylinder head<br />
casting. A 1” maximum right side offset measured<br />
from the front tread centerline is permitted.<br />
Stressed engines are prohibited.<br />
2-2.3 A Minimum 8” crankshaft centerline height is<br />
required.<br />
2-3 General Engine Requirements.<br />
2-3.1 All engines must be production-based. (<strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> may require changes in bore and stroke or other<br />
specifications in some circumstances.) <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
may approve other engines.<br />
2-3.2 Maximum engine RPM, throttle body size/diameter,<br />
valve lift and size, and the maximum compression<br />
ratio may be specified for each approved engine.<br />
Engine air box and inlet air restrictors may also be<br />
required.<br />
2-3.3 It is mandatory for all major components and parts<br />
to be available for sale to the general public in an<br />
OEM’s regular product offering. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must<br />
approve all components/parts prior to use in<br />
competition.<br />
103
2-3.4 All approved components/parts and modifications<br />
will be specifically listed for each eligible engine.<br />
See GT-SCR.<br />
2-3.6 All component parts must remain per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
specifications.<br />
2-3.7 Cylinder heads must retain the same number and<br />
location of intake and exhaust ports, valves, spark<br />
plugs, and camshafts (if used) as the production<br />
engine. Valve location, valve size and angles must<br />
remain stock as on the approved production heads.<br />
2-3.8 Normal blueprint machining may be performed on<br />
the engine components. The stock production<br />
block and cylinder heads must be used, unless an<br />
alternate has been approved. Engine blocks are<br />
permitted to be bored to a maximum of .030 over.<br />
2-3.9 The use of titanium or ceramic engine components<br />
is prohibited except when utilized in the original<br />
production engine or as otherwise specified.<br />
2-3.10 The following items may be replaced with aftermarket<br />
components - steel crankshaft, steel rods,<br />
round aluminum pistons, titanium or steel valves,<br />
Titanium or steel valve springs/retainers,<br />
camshafts, cam followers and rocker arms with<br />
OEM ratio, timing chain/cam drive and dry sump oil<br />
pump and system. Replacement items must be<br />
readily available to all competitors.<br />
2-3.11 Crank, rods and pistons must be of OEM weight<br />
and dimension.<br />
2-3.12 Variable valve timing and variable inlet systems are<br />
prohibited.<br />
2-3.13 Only a direct mechanical linkage between the<br />
throttle pedal and the engine throttle control is<br />
permitted. Production drive-by-wire systems may<br />
be approved for specific models.<br />
2-3.14 All lines containing fuel, oil or coolant within the<br />
cockpit area must be armored lines.<br />
2-3.15 All GT/GX cars that choose to use an aftermarket<br />
ECU in lieu of the OEM ECU must use the SPEC<br />
ECU and wiring harness as delivered by Bosch and<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Each entrant will be<br />
eligible to purchase 1 ECU, 1 engine wiring harness<br />
and 1 chassis adapter harness at the discounted<br />
price. Additional spares are available at the nondiscounted<br />
price. Spec ECU and wiring harnesses<br />
may not be modified in any way.<br />
104
2-4 Exhaust Systems<br />
2-4.1 The exhaust system must exit rearward of the door.<br />
2-4.2 Side exhaust exits may be no higher than the top of<br />
the rocker panel.<br />
2-4.3 Exhaust system must remain within the perimeter of<br />
the bodywork as viewed from above.<br />
2-4.4 Variable exhaust systems are prohibited.<br />
2-5 Cylinder Heads – Must remain as approved. Ports may not<br />
be altered in shape, form or volume. Porting is prohibited.<br />
2-6 Camshaft, Valve Lifter, and Rocker Arms - Must remain as<br />
approved.<br />
2-7 Intake Manifold -<br />
2-7.1 The intake system (manifold, and/or throttle<br />
body/air box) must remain as installed on the<br />
approved engine.<br />
2-7.2 OEM variable length inlet systems are not permitted<br />
unless approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2-7.3 Internal coating or painting is not permitted.<br />
2-8 Air Cleaner, and Air Intake -<br />
2-8.1 Cowl or ram air induction is only permitted through<br />
existing standard air intake areas of the bodywork.<br />
2-9 Electrical System -<br />
2-9.1 Must remain as approved.<br />
2-9.2 Data Recorder – Each car must have installed only<br />
an EFI Level 4, Motec ADL,ADL2, ADL3, or Bosch<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified data recording system and<br />
optional telemetry system. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves<br />
the right to view any/all data collected by a<br />
team/entrant at any time. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified<br />
Bosch Data systems are permitted. The spec<br />
ECU/Data logger must always have 128 mb or<br />
larger Bosch memory card installed during a race or<br />
qualifying. Data cards cannot be removed from the<br />
car without permission from a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official.<br />
Data card cannot be erased without permission<br />
from a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official. Pitot tubes are<br />
permitted for data gathering.<br />
2-10 Radiator – The water radiator must remain in the original<br />
position. Installation of an expansion tank which is located in<br />
the engine compartment is permitted.<br />
105
SECTION 3 - CAR BODY REQUIREMENTS<br />
3-1 Bodywork - (Prep 1)<br />
3-1.1 The width of the bodywork across the front and rear<br />
wheel arches may be increased symmetrically by a<br />
maximum of 4” over the original stock production<br />
bodywork by adding a maximum of up to a 2”<br />
extension over the standard wheel arch. The total<br />
width of any car modified this way is 74”. Vehicles<br />
that are wider than 74” in standard configuration,<br />
may modify the fenders for the fitting of required<br />
wheels and tires, but CANNOT exceed the standard<br />
configuration width.<br />
3-1.2 Each car must have 2.5” minimum ground clearance.<br />
3-1.3 Strengthening of the unibody chassis and bodywork<br />
is permitted provided that the material used<br />
follows the original shape and is in direct contact<br />
with it.<br />
3-1.4 Material used for replacement parts, hood, deck lid,<br />
doors, roof, fenders, is unrestricted, but where a<br />
panel is replaced, it must be attached in a way,<br />
which is as strong as the original method.<br />
3-1.5 Bodywork dimensions must remain as approved.<br />
Molds for replacement body panels must be made<br />
from the standard original panel. They must be a<br />
direct replacement for the production part.<br />
3-1.6 Specific mention of original approved dimensions<br />
and equipment include, but are not limited to -<br />
Chassis/bodywork must retain original height,<br />
width, wheelbase, and front and rear overhang.<br />
Wing mounting and profile, and the end plates must<br />
lay on a single plane in front view (flat).<br />
Nose (including splitter) in original configuration<br />
must remain as approved.<br />
Rocker panels, front and rear bumper, and fender<br />
flares must remain as approved.<br />
No other underbody aids are permitted.<br />
3-1.7 No additional ducting or aero aids are permitted,<br />
except as authorized by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Bodywork - Mounting type is free (screws, dzus,<br />
cam-lock). Fasteners must be of the captive type.<br />
Body gaps may not exceed ¼”. Hoods and deck<br />
lids may not flex.<br />
Nose screening may be extended to cover all<br />
openings.<br />
106
Ducting behind the nose in front of and below the<br />
front wheel centerline is free.<br />
Air jack port location is free.<br />
3-2 Bodywork - (Prep 2)<br />
3-2.1 The external shape and recognizable features of the<br />
body must not be changed. The roofline, front and<br />
rear window angles and shape must remain standard.<br />
The original outer unibody may be duplicated<br />
in composite material. Bonding of components will<br />
be restricted to body panel to body panel, no other<br />
bonding of components is permitted.<br />
3-2.2 The firewall and cowl may be replaced with a steel<br />
(0.035 minimum thickness) welded-in panel of the<br />
same dimensions and placement as OEM. No air<br />
may pass over, above or around the floor.<br />
3-2.3 The floor pan from the firewall rearward to the rear<br />
of the car and laterally from the inside of the rocker<br />
panels and the rear wheel tubs may be modified or<br />
replaced.<br />
Floor pan height including rear floor kick-up must<br />
remain similar to production.<br />
The modified or replacement floor must be flat<br />
with no ducts or tunnels permitted.<br />
The floor pan from the firewall to the rear floor<br />
kick-up must be steel (0.035 minimum thickness).<br />
The bottom of the floor must be tangent to the<br />
bottom of the rocker panels with the weld seam<br />
removed.<br />
3-2.4 The driveshaft tunnel may be enlarged for the<br />
passage of the exhaust system, but no more than<br />
necessary for the fitting of the system and any insulation<br />
used.<br />
3-2.5 The front frame rails may be modified or replaced<br />
for permitted replacement suspension modifications.<br />
The minimum replacement frame rail sizes<br />
are 2 x 2 x 0.095 for stock car style kick-up frames<br />
or 1 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.6 The rear frame rails may be modified or replaced for<br />
allowed replacement transaxles and differentials<br />
and for permitted rear suspension modifications.<br />
Minimum replacement rear frame rail sizes are 2 x 2<br />
x 0.095 for stock car style kick-up frames or 1 3/4<br />
x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.7 Replacement frame rails from the firewall to the rear<br />
floor kick-up must be at least 2 x 2 x 0.095 for stock<br />
107
car style frames or 1 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double<br />
frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.8 The rear side of the main roll hoop may be mounted<br />
no further rearward than the floor kick-up, perpendicular<br />
to the floor or with no more than 10-degree<br />
rearward incline. All required tubes of the roll cage<br />
must be at least 1 3/4 x 0.095 DOM tubing.<br />
3-2.9 Stock car frames are defined as having lower frame<br />
rails with front frame rails kicked-up and rear rails<br />
under-slung or kicked-up with an integrated roll<br />
cage.<br />
3-2.10 Double frame rail cars are defined as having upper<br />
and lower frame rails with a roll cage affixed to the<br />
top of the upper frame rail.<br />
3-2.11 The width of the bodywork across the front and rear<br />
wheel arches may be increased symmetrically by a<br />
maximum of 4” over the original stock production<br />
bodywork by adding a maximum of up to a 2”<br />
extension over the standard wheel arch. The total<br />
width of any car modified this way is 74”. Vehicles<br />
that are wider than 74” in standard configuration,<br />
may modify the fenders for the fitting of required<br />
wheels and tires, but CANNOT exceed the standard<br />
configuration width.<br />
3-2.12 Each car must have 2.5” minimum ground clearance.<br />
3-2.13 These modifications (3-2.11) must result in the<br />
panel being as close to the original as possible in<br />
appearance. (The hood, fenders, doors, and<br />
trunk/deck lid must be able to replace a production<br />
example and fit properly). Body gaps may not<br />
exceed ¼”. Hoods and deck lids may not flex. The<br />
only bodywork permitted is that approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Hood, doors and trunk must hinge as<br />
per original location. Doors must retain original door<br />
handles and latches.<br />
3-2.14 The hood must use a minimum of 3 hood pins<br />
mounted to the chassis or nose frame.<br />
3-2.15 The rear deck lid must a minimum of 2 rear deck lid<br />
pins mounted to the chassis or rear frame. Only the<br />
approved front nosepiece is permitted.<br />
3-2.16 Only a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved front under tray with<br />
tunnels or a flat bottom is permitted. This component<br />
may not extend rearward of the leading edge<br />
of the front wheel opening on front-engine cars.<br />
108
3-2.17 Front Bumper Nose Box assembly must be solid<br />
mounted. Floating nose box is not permitted.<br />
3-2.18 The rear of the car (the area surrounding the original<br />
license plate area) may be vented a maximum of<br />
100”2 and must be covered by a maximum 0.250”<br />
mesh screen. Cars must have at least 2 original<br />
production rear brake and taillights (red in color)<br />
with a minimum of 1 each working at all times. No<br />
rear under trays are permitted. The trunk floor must<br />
surround the fuel cell at the production drop well<br />
dimension using steel panels.<br />
3-2.19 Right and left outside rear view mirrors are required.<br />
The mirror housing must be identical to the production<br />
mirror for the specific make and model as<br />
entered.<br />
3-2.20 A fully sealed steel engine firewall with a minimum<br />
thickness of 0.035” is required and must extend all<br />
the way down to the flat floor; no air may pass<br />
over/above or around the floor.<br />
3-2.21 A fully sealed steel rear firewall with a minimum<br />
thickness of 0.035” is required separating the<br />
driver/passenger compartment from the fuel cell<br />
area. Floor to roof bulkheads are not permitted.<br />
3-2.22 Interior panel material is free.<br />
3-2.23 One NACA duct per side, painted to match the car<br />
may be installed anywhere in the bodywork rearward<br />
of the door number area.<br />
3-3 Dash/Installed Components - Must remain as original or<br />
may be replaced with an updated instrument cluster. Gauges<br />
are free. It is permissible to move dash rearward in Prep 2.<br />
3-3.1 The dash pad must be identical to the production<br />
dash pad in shape.<br />
3-3.2 Driver seat location must remain on the original<br />
longitudinal centerline and no further rearward than<br />
the back of the original front seat reclined at 20<br />
degrees.<br />
3-4 Windows –<br />
3-4.1 Windshield may be replaced with a standard reproduction<br />
at least 0.250” thick, of hard-coated<br />
polycarbonate. Refer to the GAR 2-6.<br />
3-4.2 A minimum of 3 metal reinforced braces inside the<br />
windshield are required on all vehicles. Minimum<br />
dimension .5” (angle or tubing) and minimum<br />
spacing 8” between the braces. Top of braces must<br />
109
e attached to the roll cage at the roof bar #3.<br />
Bottom of braces must be attached to roll cage<br />
dashboard bar #8, bolted to the cowl or firewall or<br />
other attachment as approved by Officials.<br />
3-4.3 NACA ducts for driver cooling may be used in side<br />
windows.<br />
3-4.4 Rear and rear quarter windows may be replaced<br />
with a standard reproduction at least 0.125” thick<br />
polycarbonate. The rear window must be secured<br />
on the outside with at least 2 metal straps 1” wide<br />
by 0.1875” thick. The rear window may have up to<br />
(5) 1.5”X 5” oval shaped holes for the purpose of<br />
exhausting air from the interior of the car. These<br />
holes must be spaced symmetrically across the car.<br />
3-4.5 Door windows are not permitted, except a triangular<br />
clear polycarbonate single plane panel in the<br />
front of the driver and passenger door window. The<br />
triangle’s bottom length may be a maximum of 27%<br />
of the original opening. The rear edge of the panel<br />
must be 90 degrees to the bottom edge.<br />
3-5 Floor -<br />
3-5.1 The floor pan, from the engine firewall rearward and<br />
laterally from rocker panel to rocker panel, must be<br />
the original or a flat replacement with no ducts or<br />
tunnels. Floor paneling forward of the engine firewall<br />
is not permitted. The floor pan under the driver<br />
from the engine firewall to the main roll hoop must<br />
be steel with a minimum thickness of 0.049. All<br />
replacement floors must retain original configuration<br />
with foot wells and kick ups in their original<br />
location. Passenger floor may be raised no higher<br />
than the top of the door sill to accommodate<br />
exhaust only. Between the front and rear axles the<br />
floor must remain as approved - ref. Bodywork-<br />
(Prep 2) section.<br />
3-5.2 The floor pan must produce a uniform, solid, hard,<br />
continuous, rigid (no degree of freedom in relation<br />
to the body/chassis unit), impervious surface,<br />
under all circumstances.<br />
3-5.3 No sprung part of the car is permitted below the<br />
floor pan.<br />
3-5.4 No air may pass above this surface. Circular openings<br />
are permitted for the use of air jacks. These<br />
openings must seal to the air jack body.<br />
3-5.5 Flat add-on floor or rear diffusers are prohibited.<br />
110
3-6 Rear Wing - A single-element The <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Spec rear<br />
wing and end plates are supplied exclusively by Crawford<br />
Composites are required. A maximum 0.75” wicker is<br />
permitted. The end plates must lay on a single vertical plane<br />
in front view. Contact Crawford Composites at 704-483-<br />
8726.<br />
3-6.1 The Spec wing endplates must be at least 2” from<br />
the body and the wing mounts must be at least 12”<br />
in from each end of the wing. Wing end plates may<br />
be repositioned on the ends of the original wing end<br />
mounts, such that they cover the wing end cross<br />
section. The end plates must lay on a single vertical<br />
plane in front view.<br />
3-6.2 Complete wing, endplates and wickers must be a<br />
minimum of 2” below the roof, unless otherwise<br />
specified.<br />
3-6.3 The complete wing must not exceed the rear-most<br />
perimeter of the bodywork when viewed from<br />
above.<br />
3-6.4 The finish on the outer side of the wing end plate<br />
may be painted or wrapped provided the inboard<br />
side of the end plate is not altered/painted/covered<br />
(including tape) in any way. Removable die cut vinyl<br />
sponsorship decals may be applied per the<br />
approval of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
3-7 Front Splitter/Air Dam -<br />
3-7.1 The stock front unmodified valance/fascia must be<br />
used. A horizontal splitter may be added to the front<br />
of the car to a maximum of 2” forward of the car as<br />
viewed from above, unless otherwise specified in<br />
the vehicle SCR, The front splitter must be flat and<br />
a consistent thickness in the area that protrudes<br />
from the body. Front splitter must be approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> by submission of drawing and<br />
pictures.<br />
3-8 Air Inlets<br />
3-8.1 Air inlets must have a single, precise function of<br />
cooling or ventilation. They must not protrude<br />
beyond the outline of the car when viewed from<br />
above, and not extend beyond the surface of the<br />
bodywork. Snorkel-type air intakes are prohibited.<br />
Only the production holes in bodywork may be<br />
used for inlets, unless otherwise approved.<br />
Headlight holes may not be used as air inlets.<br />
111
3-8.2 One fabricated duct with a maximum 2” hose outlet<br />
may be installed on each side of the car between<br />
the production mirror and the door or “A” pillar for<br />
the purpose of directing air to the driver. Panels<br />
described in Section 4-4.5 may have a duct for<br />
driver cooling installed or through said panel.<br />
3-9 Lighting –<br />
3-9.1 When lighting is required, OEM or direct aftermarket<br />
replacement headlights must be utilized.<br />
3-9.2 When lighting is not required, headlights may be<br />
replaced with a panel of the exact shape and<br />
contour of the original and have decals installed<br />
that replicate the OEM lights.<br />
3-9.3 Modifications required to fit additional lighting are<br />
permitted. All other auxiliary lights must be located<br />
within the bodywork.<br />
SECTION 4 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
4-1 Drive Train (Prep 1)<br />
4-1.1 Drive train must remain original in type, mounting<br />
and location.<br />
4-1.2 Mechanical sequential gear change is permitted.<br />
Paddle shift systems may be approved in the GT-<br />
SCR.<br />
4-1.3 Gearbox ratios are free. The original cases (or<br />
approved alternate), mounting, location, and the<br />
shifting mechanism must be maintained.<br />
4-2 Drive Train (Prep 2)<br />
4-2.1 Front-engine cars may have either an approved<br />
Daytona Prototype transaxle or a conventional<br />
transmission in the standard mounting location with<br />
a standard differential. Front engine cars utilizing an<br />
approved DP transaxle must add 4% of the specified<br />
minimum weight of the vehicle.<br />
4-2.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> shall specify the manufacturer and<br />
approved models of transaxles. The transaxles<br />
shall use a straight cut gear, dog ring-style design.<br />
The transaxle case(s) must be cast or machined<br />
billet aluminum. The transaxle must be of the longitudinal<br />
design, using only 2 shafts, input to layshaft<br />
and mainshaft to the pinion. A limited slip differential<br />
will be permitted as follows; a non-ramp type,<br />
limited slip, clutch plate differential or a ramp type<br />
112
differential must be utilized. Only approved ramp<br />
angles will be permitted. Ramp angles will remain<br />
equal for all approved transaxles. The only ramp<br />
angles approved are 30/60 and 45/70. Ramps may<br />
be run in either orientation . Gear change ratios are<br />
free for Prep 1 and Prep 2 cars. Prep 2 GT cars are<br />
permitted to use the following externally adjustable<br />
differential kits, Xtrac #386-981-002A and EMCO<br />
#469771. These may not be modified from their<br />
original configuration. No suspension mounting<br />
points are permitted on/to the transaxle case(s). All<br />
transaxle units must include a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approved transaxle/suspension mounting plate.<br />
4-2.3 A current list of approved transaxle suppliers is<br />
available from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> online at www.<strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
4-2.4 Sequential Gear Change – The use of a paddle shift<br />
system may be permitted with approval from<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> shall regulate software,<br />
hardware, plumbing configuration and wiring<br />
harness for all approved installations. It is permitted<br />
to maintain the existing manual shift mechanism.<br />
4-3 Clutch/Flywheel –<br />
4-3.1 Flywheel must be steel.<br />
4-3.2 Clutch may be a heavy-duty multiple-disc type,<br />
using 3 or more metallic discs with a minimum<br />
diameter of 5.5”.<br />
4-3.3 Carbon clutches are prohibited.<br />
4-3.4 Clutch pressure plate and flywheel must mount<br />
directly to the engine.<br />
4-4 Maximum forward gears –<br />
4-4.1 A maximum of 5 forward gears plus 1 reverse gear<br />
is permitted for cars with engines 5.0L and large. A<br />
maximum of 6 forward gears plus 1 reverse gear is<br />
permitted for cars with engines less than 5.0L.<br />
4-5 Bell housing/Adapter Plate –<br />
4-5.1 The engine to transaxle adapter plate must be<br />
made of steel or aluminum and must be approved<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
4-6 Prop/Drive Shaft -<br />
4-6.1 Drive shafts must be of steel or aluminum material.<br />
113
4-6.2 It is mandatory that two 360° steel loops be<br />
installed around the drive shaft.<br />
SECTION 5 - WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
5-1 Tires - The Official Tire Supplier is Continental Tire. The tires<br />
must be used as sold at the Event by Continental Tire. No<br />
other tire may be used. Contact at www.continentalrace.com.<br />
A set is defined as 2 front tires and 2 rear tires based on the<br />
listed sizes for each vehicle. Tires must be ordered 2 weeks<br />
prior to the Event.<br />
5.2 Tire control - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will determine the number of<br />
permitted tire sets for each Event based on the duration of<br />
the Event. Supplementary Regulations for the Event will indicate<br />
the set limit for the Event. Teams must identify wheels<br />
with the car number permanently marked near the valve stem<br />
area. Any pre-purchased tire that the team wishes to use at<br />
an event must be registered with Continental, at that Event,<br />
at least 1 hour before they may be used. One set of scuffed<br />
tires from the previous event may be added to the set limit at<br />
each event. These must be registered with Continental prior<br />
to the first practice session. The scuffed set (if) carried over<br />
does not count as part of the limit. Once registered, a tire<br />
may not be exchanged or substituted. If a car is with drawn<br />
from an event or retired from the race, the tires allocated to<br />
that car may be reassigned to another car provided the set<br />
limit is not exceeded. Those tires will need to be rescanned<br />
(1 hour before use) and remounted on the appropriately<br />
marked wheels. The set limit will include tires purchased at<br />
the Event and any additional tires the team has registered<br />
with Continental at the beginning of the Event. Rain tires are<br />
not regulated by this rule and are not included in the set limit.<br />
5-2.1 Tires are allotted to specific car numbers and may<br />
not be used by another car under any circumstance<br />
and must be mounted to the numbered wheels for<br />
that car. Any team found with an unassigned tire in<br />
the pits or on the car during any session will be<br />
subject to penalty and loss of tire allocation.<br />
5-3 Testing - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> shall authorize the sale of Continental<br />
tires for independent testing according to the following basis.<br />
5-3.1 On an individual case-by-case basis following a<br />
written request from the Member for the purposes<br />
of testing new drivers, shaking down new cars for<br />
114
customers, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved media events,<br />
new customer introductions or other special cases.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> shall be the sole entity in deciding on<br />
these cases and the decision shall be final.<br />
5-3.2 All tires authorized for independent testing and/or<br />
on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> test days may be used for any official<br />
Rolex event practice, qualifying or race<br />
sessions. These tires must be registered for the<br />
event as outlined in Section 5-2.<br />
5-3.3 If it is determined by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Officials that any<br />
form of unapproved testing and/or testing on non<br />
series tires has taken place the entrant and drivers<br />
will have their <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> privileges suspended for<br />
a period of up to one year. The results of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>s investigation and subsequent decisions are<br />
final and is not subject to protest or appeal.<br />
5-3.4 Each <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car Series Entrant<br />
is prohibited from any independent testing without<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s prior knowledge and approval. This<br />
includes any and all forms of testing. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
may schedule official track tests during the course<br />
of the season. All testing must be conducted on the<br />
series approved Continental tires as delivered by<br />
the tire manufacturer.<br />
5-4 Wheels<br />
5-4.1 All wheels must be 18” diameter and have the car<br />
number permanently marked on the wheel near the<br />
valve stem.<br />
5-4.2 Maximum complete wheel/tire cross-section width<br />
is 14”.<br />
5-4.3 Carbon fiber and wide-5 wheels are prohibited.<br />
5-4.4 Wheel offset is free.<br />
5-4.5 Wheels must be of 3 piece construction.<br />
5-4.6 Wheel fans are prohibited.<br />
5-4.7 Centerlock wheels are permitted.<br />
5-4.8 Wheel centering or hub centric devices may be<br />
added. They must be bolted or mechanically<br />
retained to the hub, (no floating spacers). The<br />
centering/locating device up to 3” in length must<br />
not protrude beyond the outside wheel rim flange.<br />
The wheels studs can be a maximum of 2.5” in<br />
length and must be at least 1.5” shorter than the<br />
centering device.<br />
115
5-4.9 European domiciled teams with approved GT cars for<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may compete with one piece forged<br />
aluminum wheels that are homologated for the<br />
vehicle in the FIA GT3 Homologation Form.<br />
SECTION 6 - SUSPENSION AND STEERING<br />
6-1 Suspension - (Prep 1)<br />
6-1.1 The type, number of mounting points, components,<br />
and uprights in the suspension must remain as<br />
approved. Springs are free (maximum of 4)<br />
provided they are the original type. The springing<br />
medium must not consist solely of bolts located<br />
through flexible bushings or mountings. There must<br />
be movement of the wheels to give suspension<br />
travel in excess of any flexibility in the attachments.<br />
6-1.2 All suspension components, with the exception of<br />
parts specifically mentioned must be original equipment<br />
for the approved model supplied by the<br />
manufacturer or homologated per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approval.<br />
6-1.3 The position of the suspension mounting points on<br />
the chassis may be moved or changed by not more<br />
than 1”, while respecting the number and the original<br />
type of the suspension.<br />
6-1.4 Rubber joints may be replaced with uni-ball joints.<br />
6-1.5 Shock Absorbers – Any shock absorber with a<br />
maximum 3 way adjustment and with a maximum<br />
of 1 remote canister is permitted. Cross-connected<br />
shocks are prohibited.<br />
6-1.6 Driver adjustable front and rear anti-roll bars are<br />
permitted. The adjustment mechanism may only<br />
consist of mechanically operated levers acting on<br />
“blade” type adjusters or connector links moving on<br />
the length of the anti-roll bar “leg” or “arm”. When<br />
used, Anti-roll bars must be connected to the<br />
suspension by a solid link. Links may be adjustable<br />
in length but must be a fixed length during on-track<br />
operation. The use of heim joints will be permitted.<br />
No pre-loading of anti-roll bars will be permitted.<br />
6-1.7 Driver controlled electronic or hydraulic adjustments<br />
of springs and shock absorbers are<br />
prohibited.<br />
6-1.8 No metallic, magnetic, or compressible fluids are<br />
permitted.<br />
116
6-1.9 Suspension Parts – All suspension parts must be<br />
made from homogeneous metallic materials, unless<br />
otherwise supplied as OEM. Chromium plating of<br />
steel suspension parts are prohibited.<br />
6-1.10 Steering – All steering components (except the<br />
steering ratio and tie rod ends) must be original<br />
equipment supplied by the manufacturer. These<br />
parts may be strengthened provided the original<br />
part can still be identified.<br />
6-2 Suspension (Prep 2)<br />
6-2.1 Suspension may be of 4 wheel independent design,<br />
with only 1 spring and 1 shock absorber per wheel<br />
permitted. Front-engine cars may use a “live axle”<br />
rear end housing with a 3 or 4 link suspension<br />
attachment and a watts-link or panhard bar for axle<br />
centering. The spring must be on the shock<br />
absorber (coil-over style). Active Suspension is<br />
prohibited. All cars may use the production<br />
hub/bearing carrier/stub-axle. If replaced, the front<br />
suspension upright/spindle must be 1-piece, fabricated,<br />
welded or forged steel upright and must<br />
either be Stock Car Products (SCP) Grand National<br />
style GN90F-96F or its <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved<br />
replacement. 5 bolt steel or aluminum hubs are<br />
required. Hub must be comparable to Hoerr Racing<br />
Products GN 5x5-102-5GN. Single nut hub/live<br />
spindle assemblies are not permitted. Changes to<br />
the associated upright must comply with fabrication<br />
and material as defined in this section.<br />
Changes to existing chassis must be submitted and<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in writing.<br />
6-2.2 Front Suspension - only basic coil-over, double<br />
wishbone type permitted. All suspension pick-up<br />
points must be incorporated in the chassis framework.<br />
Upper Control arm must be 8.25” to 10.5” in<br />
length, fabricated steel. Control arm must use<br />
screw-in or bolt-in automotive style ball joints.<br />
Control arm must either be AFCO part number<br />
19006-19013 or P/N 20002 to 20010-1 or its exact<br />
replica.<br />
Suspension must be of “outboard design”. Push<br />
rod/pull rod, bell cranks or remote coil-over shocks<br />
are prohibited.<br />
6-2.3 Rear Suspension - All rear suspension and coil-over<br />
mounting/pickup points must be to the main<br />
117
chassis framework, the engine bell housing/adapter<br />
plate, and/or the transaxle/suspension mounting<br />
plate. No suspension mounting points are allowed<br />
on/to the transaxle case. Push rod/pull rod, bell<br />
cranks or remote coil-over shocks are prohibited.<br />
6-2.4 Shock Absorbers - Any shock absorber maximum<br />
3-way adjustment and with a maximum of 1 remote<br />
canister is permitted. Cross-connected shocks are<br />
prohibited.<br />
6-2.5 Driver adjustable front and rear anti-roll bars are<br />
permitted. The adjustment mechanism may only<br />
consist of mechanically operated levers acting on<br />
“blade” type adjusters or connector links moving on<br />
the length of the anti-roll bar “leg” or “arm”. When<br />
used, Anti-roll bars must be connected to the<br />
suspension by a solid link. Links may be adjustable<br />
in length but must be a fixed length during on-track<br />
operation. The use of heim joints will be permitted.<br />
No pre-loading of anti-roll bars will be permitted.<br />
6-2.6 Driver controlled, electronic/hydraulic adjustments<br />
of springs and shock absorbers is prohibited.<br />
6-2.7 Materials - Suspension members (A-arms, uprights)<br />
must be made from magnetic steel material. Front<br />
A-arms must be of an anti-intrusion design.<br />
6-2.8 Steering Components – Only front steering is<br />
permitted. Rack and pinion only, no bell cranks,<br />
only one tie rod per side from the spindle steering<br />
arm to the steering rack.<br />
6-2.9 Lower control arm, steering arms and sway bars are<br />
free.<br />
SECTION 7 - BRAKES<br />
7-1 Brake Rotors<br />
7-1.1 Only magnetic cast iron or cast steel rotors.<br />
7-1.2 Maximum rotor diameter: OEM diameter (Prep 1) or<br />
355 mm, whichever is greater.<br />
7-1.3 Must be made of magnetic cast iron or cast steel<br />
(ferrous) material.<br />
7-1.4 Minimum rotor diameter: OEM diameter (Prep 1) or<br />
330 mm.<br />
7-2 Brake Calipers –<br />
7-2.1 Only a single 2-piece (split into 2 halves) brake<br />
caliper of aluminum alloy, with a maximum of 4<br />
118
pistons and 2 pads per wheel is permitted.<br />
Maximum caliper stack width is 78mm.<br />
7-2.2 Titanium pistons are permitted in brake calipers.<br />
7-2.3 The brake pedal must operate all 4 wheels through<br />
a dual master cylinder system.<br />
7-2.4 Anti-lock/ABS brakes are prohibited on Prep 2 cars.<br />
Factory installed ABS permitted on Prep 1 cars as<br />
approved.<br />
7-2.5 Prep 1 cars may use approved Prep 2 brake<br />
systems.<br />
7-3 Brake Master Cylinders<br />
7-3.1 Master Cylinders are free.<br />
SECTION 8 - FUEL SYSTEM<br />
8-1 Fuel Tanks -<br />
8-1.1 The fuel cell must be located within 26.5” of the<br />
longitudinal centerline of the car. It is recommended<br />
that the fuel cell be mounted above and/or behind<br />
the rear axle assembly. All other installations require<br />
advance approval by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
8-1.2 The fuel cell(s) must be separated from the driver<br />
and engine compartment by a metal firewall. Floor<br />
to ceiling bulkheads are prohibited unless in original<br />
configuration.<br />
8-1.3 All fuel cell installations must be approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> prior to competition.<br />
8-2 Fittings and Piping -<br />
8-2.1 All fittings in the rubber fuel cell bladder (including<br />
air vents, inlets, outlets, tank fillers, inter-tank<br />
connectors and access openings) must be metal<br />
fittings bonded into the bladder.<br />
8-2.2 Fuel, cooling water or oil lines that pass through the<br />
cockpit must be shielded hose with bulkhead<br />
fittings.<br />
8-2.3 No hydraulic fluid lines may have quick connectors<br />
inside the cockpit.<br />
8-3 Fuel Tank Fillers -<br />
8-3.1 The tank filler and vent must not protrude beyond<br />
the bodywork. The filler/vent must be situated in the<br />
rear deck lid as far rearward as possible.<br />
8-3.2 Fuel Capacity - The maximum fuel capacity is<br />
defined in the vehicle SCR. 3 bolts must be drilled<br />
119
that fasten the fuel cell top cover for sealing<br />
purposes.<br />
8-3.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust fuel<br />
capacity.<br />
SECTION 9 - WEIGHT<br />
9-1 Maximum permitted rear weight percentage for frontengine<br />
cars, without fuel and driver, race ready is 51%.<br />
SECTION 10 – MANUFACTURERS<br />
10-1 A Grand-Am supplied windshield banner must be in place on<br />
upper portion of windshield however If car manufacturer is<br />
approved for the Manufacturers Championship, the vehicle<br />
is required to display a manufacturer provided windshield<br />
banner. If engine manufacturer is NOT approved for the<br />
Manufacturers Championship, the vehicle is required to<br />
display a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> supplied windshield banner on front<br />
windscreen.<br />
Eligible GT Models<br />
Aston Martin Vantage Prep 1<br />
Audi R8 Prep 1<br />
BMW M3 E92 Prep 2<br />
Chevrolet Camaro Prep 2<br />
Chevrolet Corvette Prep 1 & 2<br />
Ferrari 458 GT Italia Prep 1<br />
Ford Mustang Prep 2<br />
Infiniti G37 Prep 2<br />
Jaguar XK Prep 1<br />
Lamborghini Gallardo Prep 1<br />
Lexus LFA Prep 2<br />
Mazda RX8 Prep 2<br />
Mercedes SLS Prep 1<br />
Nissan 370Z Prep 1 & 2<br />
Porsche GT3 Cup 2009-2010 Prep 1<br />
Porsche GT3 Cup 2011-<strong>2013</strong> Prep 1<br />
Porsche 997 GTC Prep 1<br />
Viper ACR Comp coupe Prep 1<br />
120
GX GENERAL CLASS REGULATIONS (“GX-GCR”)<br />
121
GX GENERAL CLASS REGULATIONS (“GX-GCR”)<br />
Section 1 - General Class Explanation and Purpose<br />
1-1. PURPOSE. The GX class is for purpose built, Series<br />
Produced and modified versions of series produced automobiles<br />
that are not eligible for the GT class. Cars in the GX<br />
class<br />
1. Have been in production for road use or meet homologation<br />
criteria.<br />
2. Have been for sale to the public in a regular dealer<br />
offering in North America.<br />
3. Are current productions models or no older than 3 years<br />
after the end of production.<br />
4. May have 2 or 4 doors.<br />
1-2. SPECIFICATIONS. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will list on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
website, the approved cars and the Specific Car Regulations<br />
(“SCR”) for the GX class according to the OEM’s make and<br />
model designation. The SCR shall be part of the Regulations<br />
and shall govern if a conflict between the GAR and the GX-<br />
GCR occur.<br />
1-3. CATEGORIES. The GX class will be comprised of 2 distinct<br />
preparation methods (“Categories”), all designed to have<br />
cars at a similar competition level for GX class racing.<br />
1-3.1. Unibody GX (“Prep 1 GX”)- This category is<br />
reserved for production cars with little or minor<br />
modifications<br />
1-3.2. Semi-Tube GX (“Prep 2 GX”) - This category is for<br />
cars with modified production or tube-frame<br />
chassis. They may be front-wheel drive cars<br />
converted to rear-wheel drive or they may be cars<br />
that require physical modifications to be competitive<br />
in GX. Specified tube-frame construction is<br />
permitted. Alternative engines from the original<br />
manufacturer may be approved.<br />
SECTION 2 - GENERAL ENGINE REGULATIONS<br />
2-1 Eligibility<br />
2-1.1 The eligible engines shall be determined, selected<br />
and approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and listed along with<br />
the engine specifications, specified components<br />
122
and performance levels in the GX-SCR, which must<br />
be strictly adhered to.<br />
2-1.2 To be approved, engines may be required to be<br />
submitted to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for testing and analysis.<br />
2-1.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may approve alternate engines from<br />
the OEM's production car lines that are not originally<br />
fitted to a specific model.<br />
2-1.4 Turbo Charging – Eligible turbocharged or supercharged<br />
engines are limited to production of<br />
engines delivered in normal product offering at<br />
automobile dealerships in the United States.<br />
2-2 Engine Location must remain as approved.<br />
2-2.1 (Prep 1) The engine may be freely located in the<br />
original engine bay as long as no changes to the<br />
cockpit dimensions are made. A stress mounted<br />
engine installation is prohibited.<br />
2-2.2 (Prep 2) The engine must be located in the original<br />
engine bay/compartment. Front wheel drive cars<br />
may reposition the engine to allow for rear wheel<br />
drive installation.<br />
Unless otherwise approved and listed in the GX-<br />
SCR for a specific model, the engine may be<br />
located so that the foremost spark plug (or injector<br />
for diesel engines) is no farther rearward than the<br />
front axle centerline unless specified otherwise. The<br />
foremost spark plug location is defined as the<br />
centerline of the access hole in the valve cover or<br />
cylinder head casting. A 1” maximum right side<br />
offset measured from the front tread centerline is<br />
permitted. Stressed engines are prohibited.<br />
2-2.3 A minimum 8” crankshaft centerline height is<br />
required.<br />
2-3 General Engine Requirements.<br />
2-3.1 All engines must be production-based. (<strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> may require changes in bore and stroke or other<br />
specifications in some circumstances.) <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
may approve other engines.<br />
2-3.2 Maximum engine RPM, throttle body size/diameter,<br />
valve lift and size, and the maximum compression<br />
ratio may be specified for each approved engine.<br />
Engine air box and inlet air restrictors may also be<br />
required.<br />
2-3.3 For turbocharged engines, boost level, fuel injector<br />
placement, fuel injector specification, fuel pressure,<br />
123
maximum fuel flow rate, intercooler size, and all<br />
aspects of the engine map may be specified by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> in the GX-SCR.<br />
2-3.4 It is mandatory that all major components and parts<br />
be available for sale to the general public in a<br />
regular product offering. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must approve<br />
all components/parts prior to use in competition.<br />
2-3.5 All approved components/parts and modifications<br />
will be specifically listed for each eligible engine.<br />
See GX-SCR.<br />
2-3.6 Engines may be normally aspirated 6 cylinder<br />
configuration with a displacement of 3.4. 4.0 liters,<br />
or a turbocharged I-4 configuration with a displacement<br />
of 2.0 to 2.5 liters. Single, twin, and/or<br />
twin-sequential turbocharging shall be specified in<br />
the GX-SCR. Use of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved diesel<br />
fuel is permitted in GX.<br />
2-3.7 All component parts must remain per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
specifications.<br />
2-3.8 Cylinder heads must retain the same number and<br />
location of intake and exhaust ports, valves, spark<br />
plugs, diesel injectors and camshafts (if used) as<br />
the production engine. Valve location, valve size<br />
and angles must remain stock as on the approved<br />
production heads.<br />
2-3.9 Normal blueprint machining may be performed on<br />
the engine components. The stock production<br />
block and cylinder heads must be used, unless an<br />
alternate has been approved. Engine blocks are<br />
permitted to be bored to a maximum of .030 over.<br />
2-3.10 The use of titanium or ceramic engine components<br />
is prohibited except when utilized in the original<br />
production engine, or as otherwise specified.<br />
2-3.11 The following items may be replaced with aftermarket<br />
components - steel crankshaft, steel rods,<br />
round aluminum pistons, titanium or steel valves,<br />
steel valve springs, camshafts, cam followers and<br />
rocker arms with OEM ratio, timing chain/cam drive<br />
and dry sump oil pump and system. Replacement<br />
items must be readily available to all competitors.<br />
2-3.12 Crank, rods and pistons must be of OEM weight<br />
and dimension unless specifically approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and listed in the GX-SCR.<br />
2-3.13 Variable valve timing and variable inlet systems are<br />
prohibited.<br />
124
2-3.14 Only a direct mechanical linkage between the<br />
throttle pedal and the engine throttle control is<br />
permitted. Production or Spec ECU controlled<br />
throttle-by-wire systems may be approved for<br />
specific models.<br />
2-3.15 All lines containing fuel, oil or coolant within the<br />
cockpit area must be armored lines.<br />
2-3.16 All GX cars that choose to use an aftermarket ECU<br />
in lieu of the OEM ECU must use the SPEC ECU<br />
and wiring harness as delivered by Bosch and<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Each entrant will be<br />
eligible to purchase 1 ECU, 1 engine wiring harness<br />
and 1 chassis adapter harness at a discounted<br />
price. Additional spares are available at the nondiscounted<br />
price. SPEC ECU and wiring harnesses<br />
may not be modified in any way. Specific cars may<br />
be required to use a Specified ECU in the GX-SCR.<br />
2-4 Exhaust Systems<br />
2-4.1 The exhaust system must exit rearward of the<br />
center (mid-point) of the wheelbase.<br />
2-4.2 Side exhaust exits may be no higher than the top of<br />
the rocker panel.<br />
2-4.3 Exhaust system must remain within the perimeter of<br />
the bodywork as viewed from above.<br />
2-4.4 The exhaust must meet <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and local<br />
sound limits.<br />
2-4.5 Variable exhaust systems are prohibited.<br />
2-5 Cylinder Heads – Must remain as approved. Ports may not<br />
be altered in shape, form or volume. Porting is prohibited.<br />
2-6 Camshaft, Valve Lifter, and Rocker Arms - Must remain as<br />
approved.<br />
2-7 Intake Manifold -<br />
2-7.1 The intake system (manifold, and/or throttle<br />
body/air box) must remain as installed on the<br />
approved engine.<br />
2-7.2 OEM variable length inlet systems are not permitted<br />
unless approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2-7.3 Internal coating or painting is not permitted.<br />
2-8 Air Cleaner, and Air Intake -<br />
2-8.1 Cowl or ram air induction is only permitted through<br />
existing standard air intake areas of the bodywork.<br />
125
2-9 Electrical System -<br />
2-9.1 Must remain as approved.<br />
2-9.2 Data Recorder – Each car must have installed only<br />
an EFI Level 4, Motec ADL, ADL2, ADL3, or Bosch<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified data recording system and<br />
optional telemetry system. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves<br />
the right to view any/all data collected by a<br />
team/entrant at any time. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> specified<br />
Bosch Data systems are permitted. The spec<br />
ECU/Data logger must always have a 128 Mb or<br />
larger Bosch memory card installed during a race or<br />
qualifying. Data cards cannot be removed from the<br />
car without permission from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Official.<br />
Pitot tubes are permitted for data gathering.<br />
2-10 Radiator – The water radiator must remain in the original<br />
position. Installation of an expansion tank which is located in<br />
the engine compartment is permitted.<br />
SECTION 3 - CAR BODY REQUIREMENTS<br />
3-1 Bodywork - (Prep 1)<br />
3-1.1 The width of the bodywork across the front and rear<br />
wheel arches may be increased symmetrically by a<br />
maximum of 4” over the original stock production<br />
bodywork by adding a maximum of up to a 2”<br />
extension over the standard wheel arch. The total<br />
width of any car modified this way is 74”. Vehicles<br />
that are wider than 74” in standard configuration,<br />
may modify the fenders for the fitting of required<br />
wheels and tires, but cannot exceed the standard<br />
configuration width.<br />
3-1.2 Each car must have 2.5” minimum ground clearance<br />
or as specified in individual car specifications.<br />
3-1.3 Strengthening of the unibody chassis and bodywork<br />
is permitted provided that the material used<br />
follows the original shape and is in direct contact<br />
with it.<br />
3-1.4 Material used for replacement parts, hood, deck lid,<br />
doors, roof, fenders, is unrestricted, but where a<br />
panel is replaced, it must be attached in a way,<br />
which is as strong as the original method.<br />
3-1.5 Bodywork dimensions must remain as approved.<br />
Molds for replacement body panels must be made<br />
from the standard original panel. They must be a<br />
direct replacement for the production part.<br />
126
3-1.6 Specific mention of original approved dimensions<br />
and equipment include, but are not limited to -<br />
Chassis/bodywork must retain original height,<br />
width, wheelbase, and front and rear overhang.<br />
Wing mounting and profile, and the end plates must<br />
lay on a single plane in front view (flat).<br />
Nose (including splitter) in original configuration<br />
must remain as approved.<br />
Rocker panels, front and rear bumper, and fender<br />
flares must remain as approved.<br />
No other underbody aids are permitted. The<br />
bottom of the floor must be tangent to the bottom<br />
of the rocker panels with the weld seam removed.<br />
3-1.7 No additional ducting or aero aids are permitted<br />
except as authorized by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
Bodywork - Mounting type is free (screws, dzus,<br />
cam-lock). Fasteners must be of the captive type.<br />
Body gaps may not exceed ¼”. Hoods and deck<br />
lids may not flex.<br />
Nose screening may be extended to cover all<br />
openings.<br />
Ducting behind the nose in front of and below the<br />
front wheel centerline is free.<br />
Air jack port location is free.<br />
3-2 Bodywork - (Prep 2)<br />
3-2.1 The external shape and recognizable features of the<br />
body must not be changed. The roofline, front and<br />
rear window angles and shape must remain standard.<br />
The original outer unibody may be duplicated<br />
in composite material. Bonding of components will<br />
be restricted to body panel to body panel, no other<br />
bonding of components is permitted.<br />
3-2.2 The firewall and cowl may be replaced with a steel<br />
(0.035 minimum thickness) welded-in panel of the<br />
same dimensions and placement as OEM. No air<br />
may pass over, above or around the floor.<br />
3-2.3 The floor pan from the firewall rearward to the rear<br />
of the car and laterally from the inside of the rocker<br />
panels and the rear wheel tubs may be modified or<br />
replaced.<br />
Floor pan height including rear floor kick-up must<br />
remain similar to production.<br />
The modified or replacement floor must be flat<br />
with no ducts or tunnels permitted.<br />
127
The floor pan from the firewall to the rear floor<br />
kick-up must be steel (0.035 minimum thickness).<br />
The bottom of the floor must be tangent to the<br />
bottom of the rocker panels with the weld seam<br />
removed.<br />
3-2.4 The driveshaft tunnel may be enlarged for the<br />
passage of the exhaust system, but no more than<br />
necessary for the fitting of the system and any insulation<br />
used.<br />
3-2.5 The front frame rails may be modified or replaced<br />
for permitted replacement suspension modifications.<br />
The minimum replacement frame rail sizes<br />
are 2 x 2 x 0.095 for stock car style kick-up frames<br />
or 1 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.6 The rear frame rails may be modified or replaced for<br />
permitted replacement transaxles and differentials<br />
and for permitted rear suspension modifications.<br />
Minimum replacement rear frame rail sizes are 2 x 2<br />
x 0.095 for stock car style kick-up frames or 1 3/4<br />
x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.7 Replacement frame rails from the firewall to the rear<br />
floor kick-up must be at least 2 x 2 x 0.095 for stock<br />
car style frames or 1 3/4 x 1 3/4 x 0.095 for double<br />
frame rail cars.<br />
3-2.8 The rear side of the main roll hoop may be mounted<br />
no further rearward than the floor kick-up, perpendicular<br />
to the floor or with no more than 10-degree<br />
rearward incline. All required tubes of the roll cage<br />
must be at least 1 3/4 x 0.095 DOM tubing.<br />
3-2.9 Stock car frames are defined as having lower frame<br />
rails with front frame rails kicked-up and rear rails<br />
under-slung or kicked-up with an integrated roll<br />
cage.<br />
3-2.10 Double frame rail cars are defined as having upper<br />
and lower frame rails with a roll cage affixed to the<br />
top of the upper frame rail.<br />
3-2.11 The width of the bodywork across the front and rear<br />
wheel arches may be increased symmetrically by a<br />
maximum of 4” over the original stock production<br />
bodywork by adding a maximum of up to a 2”<br />
extension over the standard wheel arch. The total<br />
width of any car modified this way is 74”. Vehicles<br />
that are wider than 74” in standard configuration,<br />
may modify the fenders for the fitting of required<br />
wheels and tires, but CANNOT exceed the standard<br />
configuration width.<br />
128
3-2.12 Each car must have 3.5” inch minimum ground<br />
clearance or as specified in individual car specifications.<br />
3-2.13 These body modifications (3-2.11) must result in<br />
the panels being as close to the original as possible<br />
in appearance. (The hood, fenders, doors, and<br />
trunk/deck lid must be able to replace a production<br />
example and fit properly). Body gaps may not<br />
exceed ¼”. Hoods and deck lids may not flex. The<br />
only bodywork permitted is that approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Hood, doors and trunk must hinge as<br />
per original location. Doors must retain original door<br />
handles and latches.<br />
3-2.14 The hood must use a minimum of 3 hood pins<br />
mounted to the chassis or nose frame.<br />
3-2.15 The rear deck lid must use a minimum of 2 rear<br />
deck pins mounted to the chassis or rear frame.<br />
3-2.16 Only the approved front nosepiece is permitted.<br />
Only a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>-style front under tray with<br />
tunnels or a flat bottom is allowed, extending no<br />
farther rearward than the leading edge of the front<br />
wheel opening on front-engine cars.<br />
3-2.17 Front Bumper Nose Box assembly must be solid<br />
mounted. Floating nose box assemblies are not<br />
permitted.<br />
3-2.18 The rear of the car (area surrounding the original<br />
license plate area) may be vented a maximum of<br />
100 sq. in and must be covered by a maximum<br />
0.250” mesh screen. Cars must have at least 2 original<br />
production rear brake and taillights (red in color)<br />
with a minimum of 1 each working at all times. No<br />
rear under trays are permitted. The trunk floor must<br />
surround the fuel cell at the production drop well<br />
dimension using steel panels.<br />
3-2.19 Right and left outside rear view mirrors are required.<br />
The mirror housing must be identical to the production<br />
mirror for the specific make and model as<br />
entered.<br />
3-2.20 A fully sealed steel engine firewall with a minimum<br />
thickness of 0.035” is required and must extend all<br />
the way down to the flat floor; no air may pass<br />
over/above or around the floor.<br />
3-2.21 A fully sealed steel rear firewall with a minimum<br />
thickness of 0.035” is required separating the<br />
driver/passenger compartment from the fuel cell<br />
area. Floor to roof bulkheads are not permitted.<br />
129
3-2.22 Interior panel material is free.<br />
3-2.23 One NACA duct per side, painted to match the car<br />
may be installed anywhere in the bodywork rearward<br />
of the door number area.<br />
3-3 Dash/Installed Components - Must remain as original or<br />
may be replaced with an updated instrument cluster. Gauges<br />
are free. It is permissible to move dash rearward in Prep 2.<br />
3-3.1 The dash pad must be identical to the production<br />
dash in shape.<br />
3-3.2 Driver seat location must remain on the original<br />
longitudinal centerline and no further rearward than<br />
the back of the original front seat reclined at 20<br />
degrees.<br />
3-4 Windows –<br />
3-4.1 Windshield may be replaced with a standard reproduction<br />
at least 0.250” thick, of hard-coated<br />
polycarbonate. Refer to the GAR 2-6.<br />
3-4.2 A minimum of 3 metal reinforced braces inside the<br />
windshield are required on all vehicles. Minimum<br />
dimension .5” (angle or tubing) and minimum<br />
spacing 8” between the braces. Top of braces must<br />
be attached to the roll cage at the roof bar #3.<br />
Bottom of braces must be attached to roll cage<br />
dashboard bar #8, bolted to the cowl or firewall or<br />
other attachment as approved by Officials.<br />
3-4.3 NACA ducts for driver cooling may be used in side<br />
windows.<br />
3-4.4 Rear window and rear quarter windows may be<br />
replaced with a standard reproduction at least<br />
0.125” thick polycarbonate. The rear window must<br />
be secured on the outside with at least 2 metal<br />
straps 1” wide by 0.1875” thick. The rear window<br />
may have up to (5) 1.5”X 5” oval shaped holes for<br />
the purpose of exhausting air from the interior of the<br />
car. These holes must be spaced symmetrically<br />
across the car.<br />
3-4.5 Door windows are not permitted, except a triangular<br />
clear polycarbonate single plane panel in the<br />
front of the driver and passenger door window. The<br />
triangle’s bottom length may be a maximum of 27%<br />
of the original opening. The rear edge of the panel<br />
must be 90 degrees to the bottom edge.<br />
130
3-5 Floor -<br />
3-5.1 The Floor plan, from the engine firewall rearward<br />
and laterally from rocker panel to rocker panel,<br />
must be the original or a flat replacement with no<br />
ducts or tunnels. Floor paneling forward of the<br />
engine firewall is not permitted. The floor pan under<br />
the driver from the engine firewall to the main roll<br />
hoop must be steel with a minimum thickness of<br />
0.049. All replacement floors must retain original<br />
configuration with foot wells and kick ups in their<br />
original location. Passenger floor may be raised no<br />
higher than the top of the door sill to accommodate<br />
exhaust only. Between the front and rear axles the<br />
floor must remain as approved – ref. Bodywork-<br />
(Prep 2) section.<br />
3-5.2 The floor pan must produce a uniform, solid, hard,<br />
continuous, rigid (no degree of freedom in relation<br />
to the body/chassis unit), impervious surface,<br />
under all circumstances.<br />
3-5.3 No sprung part of the car is permitted below the<br />
floor pan.<br />
3-5.4 No air may pass above this surface. Circular openings<br />
are permitted for the use of air jacks. These<br />
openings must seal to the air jack body.<br />
]3-5.5 Flat add-on floor or rear diffuser are prohibited.<br />
3-6 Rear Wing - The single-element <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Spec rear wing<br />
and end plates as supplied exclusively by Crawford<br />
Composites are required. A maximum 0.75” wicker is<br />
permitted. Contact Crawford Composites at 704-483-8726.<br />
3-6.1 The Spec wing endplates must be at least 2” from<br />
the body and the wing mounts must be at least 12”<br />
in from each end of the wing. Wing end plates may<br />
be repositioned on the ends of the original wing end<br />
mounts, such that they cover the wing end cross<br />
section. The end plates must lay on a single vertical<br />
plane in front view.<br />
3-6.2 Complete wing, endplates and wickers must be a<br />
minimum of 2” below the roof, unless otherwise<br />
specified.<br />
3-6.3 The complete wing must not exceed the rear-most<br />
perimeter of the bodywork when viewed from<br />
above.<br />
3-6.4 The finish on the outer side of the wing end plate<br />
may be painted or wrapped provided the inboard<br />
131
side of the end plate is not altered/painted/covered<br />
(including tape) in any way. Removable die cut vinyl<br />
sponsorship decals may be applied with the<br />
approval of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
3-7 Front Splitter/Air Dam -<br />
3-7.1 The stock front unmodified valance/fascia must be<br />
used. A horizontal splitter may be added to the front<br />
of the car to a maximum of 3” forward of the car as<br />
viewed from above. Front splitter must be flat and a<br />
consistent thickness in the area that protrudes from<br />
the body. Front splitter must be approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> by submission of drawing and pictures.<br />
3-8 Air Inlets<br />
3-8.1 Air inlets must have a single, precise function of<br />
cooling or ventilation. They must not protrude<br />
beyond the outline of the car when viewed from<br />
above, and not extend beyond the surface of the<br />
bodywork. Snorkel-type air intakes are prohibited.<br />
Only the production holes in bodywork may be<br />
used for inlets, unless otherwise approved.<br />
Headlight holes may not be used as air inlets.<br />
3-8.2 One fabricated duct with a maximum 2” hose outlet<br />
may be installed on each side of the car between<br />
the production mirror and the door or “A” pillar for<br />
the purpose of directing air to the driver. Panels<br />
described in Section 4-4.5 may have a duct for<br />
driver cooling installed or through said panel.<br />
3-9 Lighting –<br />
3-9.1 When lighting is required, OEM or direct aftermarket<br />
replacement headlights must be utilized.<br />
3-9.2 When lighting is not required, headlights may be<br />
replaced with a panel of the exact shape and<br />
contour of the original and have decals installed<br />
that replicate the OEM lights.<br />
3-9.3 Modifications required to fit additional lighting are<br />
permitted. All other auxiliary lights must be located<br />
within the bodywork.<br />
SECTION 4 - DRIVE TRAIN<br />
4-1 Drive Train (Prep 1)<br />
4-1.1 Drive train must remain original in type, mounting<br />
and location.<br />
132
4-1.2 Mechanical sequential gear change is permitted.<br />
4-1.3 The gearbox may have a maximum of 6 forward<br />
ratios (or as specified in GX-SCR) and a reverse<br />
gear.<br />
4-1.4 Gearbox ratios are free. The original cases (or<br />
approved alternate), mounting, location, and the<br />
shifting mechanism must be maintained.<br />
4-2 Drive Train (Prep 2)<br />
4-2.1 Front-engine cars may have either an approved DP<br />
transaxle or a conventional transmission in the<br />
standard mounting location with a standard differential.<br />
Front engine cars utilizing an approved DP<br />
transaxle must add 4% to the authorized minimum<br />
weight of the vehicle. Additional transaxle may be<br />
listed in the GX-SCR.<br />
4-2.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will specify the manufacturers and<br />
approved models of transaxles. The transaxles will<br />
have a maximum of 6 forward speeds (mechanical<br />
sequential gear change is permitted) and 1 reverse<br />
gear; using straight cut gear, dog ring-style design.<br />
The transaxle case(s) must be cast or billet<br />
aluminum. The transaxle must be of the longitudinal<br />
design, using only 2 shafts, input to layshaft and<br />
mainshaft to the pinion. A limited slip differential will<br />
be allowed as follows; either a non-ramp type,<br />
limited slip, clutch plate differential or a ramp type<br />
differential will be utilized. Only the approved ramp<br />
angles will be permitted. The ramp angles will<br />
remain equal for all approved transaxles. The only<br />
ramp angles approved are 30/60 and 45/70.<br />
Ramps may be run in either orientation (flipped<br />
around). Gear change ratios are free for Prep 1 and<br />
Prep 2 cars. Prep 2 GX cars are allowed to use the<br />
following externally adjustable differential kits,<br />
Xtrac #386-981-002A and EMCO #469771. These<br />
cannot be modified from their original configuration.<br />
No suspension mounting points are allowed<br />
on/to the transaxle case(s). All transaxle units must<br />
include a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved transaxle/suspension<br />
mounting plate.<br />
4-2.3 A current list of approved transaxle suppliers is<br />
available from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> at 386-310-6500 or<br />
online at www.<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.com.<br />
133
4-2.4 Sequential Gear Change – The use of a paddle shift<br />
system may be permitted for certain qualified<br />
drivers, with approval from <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> shall regulate software, hardware, plumbing<br />
configuration and wiring harness for all approved<br />
installations. It is permitted to maintain the existing<br />
manual shift mechanism.<br />
4-3 Clutch/Flywheel –<br />
4-3.1 Flywheel must be steel.<br />
4-3.2 Clutch may be a heavy-duty multiple-disc type,<br />
using 3 or more metallic discs with a minimum<br />
diameter of 5.5”.<br />
4-3.3 Carbon clutches are prohibited.<br />
4-3.4 Clutch pressure plate and flywheel must mount<br />
directly to the engine.<br />
4-4 Maximum forward gears –<br />
4-4.1 A maximum of 6 forward gears plus 1 reverse gear<br />
are permitted for GX cars.<br />
4-5 Bell housing/Adapter Plate –<br />
4-5.1 The engine to transaxle adapter plate must be<br />
made of steel or aluminum and must be approved<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
4-6 Prop/Drive Shaft -<br />
4-6.1 Drive shafts must be steel or aluminum.<br />
4-6.2 It is mandatory that two 360° steel loops be placed<br />
around the drive shaft.<br />
SECTION 5 - WHEELS AND TIRES<br />
5-1 Tires - The Official Tire Supplier is Continental Tire. The tires<br />
must be used as sold at the Event by Continental Tire. No<br />
other tire may be used. Contact at www.continentalrace.com.<br />
5-1.1 A set is defined as 2 front tires and 2 rear tires. Tires<br />
must be ordered 2 weeks prior to the Event.<br />
5-1.2 The specified tire size for GX is 285/645-18 front<br />
and 305/660-18 rear.<br />
5.2 Tire control - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will determine the number of sets<br />
of tires permitted for each Event based on the duration of the<br />
Event. Supplementary Regulations for the Event will indicate<br />
the set limit for the event. Teams must identify wheels with<br />
the car number permanently marked near the valve stem<br />
134
area. Any pre-purchased tire that the team wishes to use at<br />
an Event must be registered with Continental, at that Event,<br />
at least 1 hour before they can be used. One set of scuffed<br />
tires from the previous event may be added to the set limit at<br />
each event. The scuffed set (if) carried over does not count<br />
as part of the limit. These tires must be registered with<br />
Continental prior to the first practice session. Once registered,<br />
a tire may not be exchanged or substituted. If a car is<br />
withdrawn from an event or retired from the race, the tires<br />
allocated to that car may be reassigned to another car<br />
provided the Event set limit is not exceeded. These tires will<br />
need to be rescanned (1 hour before use) and remounted on<br />
the appropriately marked wheels. The set limit will include<br />
tires purchased at the Event and any additional tires the team<br />
has registered with Continental at the beginning of the Event.<br />
Rain tires are not regulated by this rule and are not included<br />
in the set limit.<br />
5-2.1 Tires are allocated to specific cars numbers and<br />
cannot be used by another car under any circumstance<br />
and must be mounted to the numbered<br />
wheels for that car. Any team found with an unassigned<br />
tire in the pits or on the car during any<br />
session will be subject to penalty and loss of set<br />
count.<br />
5-3 Testing - <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Road Racing will authorize the sale of<br />
Continental tires for independent testing according to the<br />
following criteria<br />
5-3.1 On an individual case-by-case basis following a<br />
written request from the Member for the purposes<br />
of testing new drivers, shaking down new cars for<br />
customers, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved media events,<br />
new customer introductions or other special cases.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will be the sole entity deciding on<br />
these cases and the decision will be final.<br />
5-3.2 All tires authorized for independent testing and/or<br />
on <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> test days can be used for any official<br />
Rolex event practice, qualifying or race<br />
sessions. These tires must be registered for the<br />
event as outline in Section 5-2.<br />
5-3.3 If it is determined by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Officials that any<br />
form of unapproved testing and/or testing on non<br />
series tires has taken place the entrant and drivers<br />
will have their <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> privileges suspended for<br />
a period of up to one year. The results of <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
135
<strong>AM</strong>s investigation and subsequent decisions are<br />
final and cannot be appealed.<br />
5-3.4 Each <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> Rolex Sports Car Series Entrant<br />
is specifically prohibited from any independent<br />
testing without <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>’s prior knowledge and<br />
approval. This includes all forms of testing whether<br />
it is on track or off. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may specify official<br />
track tests during the course of the season. All<br />
testing must be conducted on the series approved<br />
Continental tires as delivered by the tire manufacturer.<br />
5-4 Wheels<br />
5-4.1 All wheels must be 18” diameter and have the car<br />
number permanently marked on the wheel near the<br />
valve stem.<br />
5-4.2 Maximum wheel bead width is 11 inches front and<br />
12 inches rear.<br />
5-4.3 Wheel offset is free.<br />
5-4.4 Mullti piece or single piece wheels are permitted.<br />
Minimum wheel weight front; 19.84 lb (9.0 kg.),<br />
minimum wheel weight rear; 20.94 lb. (9.5 kg.)<br />
Weight does not include balance weights, valve<br />
stem, TPMS or associated counterweight. Singlepiece<br />
wheels permitted forged aluminum only.<br />
5-4.5 Carbon fiber and wide-5 wheels are prohibited.<br />
5-4.6 Wheel fans are prohibited.<br />
5-4.7 Centerlock wheels are permitted.<br />
5-4.8 Wheel centering or hub centric devices may be<br />
added. They must be bolted or mechanically<br />
retained to the hub, (no floating spacers). The<br />
centering/locating device up to 3” in length must<br />
not protrude beyond the outside wheel rim flange.<br />
The wheels studs can be a maximum of 2.5” in<br />
length and must be at least 1.5” shorter than the<br />
centering device.<br />
SECTION 6 - SUSPENSION AND STEERING<br />
6-1 Suspension - (Prep 1)<br />
6-1.1 The type, number of mounting points, components,<br />
and uprights in the suspension must remain as<br />
approved. Springs are free (maximum of 4)<br />
provided they are the original type. The springing<br />
medium must not consist solely of bolts located<br />
through flexible bushings or mountings. There must<br />
136
e movement of the wheels to give suspension<br />
travel in excess of any flexibility in the attachments.<br />
6-1.2 All suspension components, with the exception of<br />
parts specifically mentioned must be original equipment<br />
for the approved model supplied by the<br />
manufacturer or homologated per <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
approval.<br />
6-1.3 The position of the suspension mounting points on<br />
the chassis may be moved or changed by not more<br />
than 1”, while respecting the number and the original<br />
type of the suspension.<br />
6-1.4 Rubber joints may be replaced with uni-ball joints.<br />
6-1.5 Shock Absorbers – Any shock absorber with a<br />
maximum 3-way adjustment and with a maximum<br />
of 1 remote canister is permitted. Cross-connected<br />
shocks are prohibited.<br />
6-1.6 Driver adjustable front and rear anti-roll bars are<br />
permitted. The adjustment mechanism may only<br />
consist of mechanically operated levers acting on<br />
“blade” type adjusters or connector links moving on<br />
the length of the anti-roll bar “leg” or “arm”. When<br />
used, Anti-roll bars must be connected to the<br />
suspension by a solid link. Links may be adjustable<br />
in length but must be a fixed length during on-track<br />
operation. The use of heim joints will be permitted.<br />
No pre-loading of anti-roll bars is permitted.<br />
6-1.7 Driver controlled electronic or hydraulic adjustments<br />
of springs and shock absorbers are<br />
prohibited.<br />
6-1.8 No metallic, magnetic, or compressible fluids are<br />
permitted.<br />
6-1.9 Suspension Parts – All suspension parts must be<br />
made from homogeneous metallic materials, unless<br />
otherwise supplied as OEM. Chromium plating of<br />
steel suspension parts is prohibited.<br />
6-1.10 Steering – All steering components (except the<br />
steering ratio and tie rod ends) must be original<br />
equipment supplied by the manufacturer. These<br />
parts may be strengthened provided the original<br />
part can still be identified.<br />
6-2 Suspension (Prep 2)<br />
6-2.1 Suspension may be of 4-wheel independent<br />
design, with only 1 spring and 1 shock absorber per<br />
wheel permitted. Front-engine cars may use a “live<br />
axle” rear end housing with a 3 or 4 link suspension<br />
137
attachment and a watts-link or panhard bar for axle<br />
centering. The spring must be on the shock<br />
absorber (coil-over style). Active Suspension is<br />
prohibited. All cars may use the production<br />
hub/bearing carrier/stub-axle. Uprights may only<br />
be fabricated steel or machined aluminum billet ,<br />
and must be submitted to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for approval.<br />
Aluminum billet uprights, if used, must be symmetrical<br />
side to side, and must be common to all 4<br />
locations.<br />
6-2.2 Front Suspension - only basic coil-over, double<br />
wishbone type permitted. All suspension pick-up<br />
points must be incorporated in the chassis framework.<br />
Upper Control arm must be 8.25” to 10.5” in<br />
length, fabricated steel.<br />
Suspension must be of “outboard design”. Push<br />
rod/pull rod, bell cranks or remote coil-over shocks<br />
are prohibited.<br />
6-2.3 Rear Suspension - All rear suspension and coil-over<br />
mounting/pickup points must be to the main<br />
chassis framework, the engine bell housing/adapter<br />
plate, and/or the transaxle/suspension mounting<br />
plate. No suspension mounting points are allowed<br />
on/to the transaxle case. Push rod/pull rod, bell<br />
cranks or remote coil-over shocks are prohibited.<br />
6-2.4 Shock Absorbers - Any shock absorber with a<br />
maximum 3-way adjustment with a maximum of 1<br />
remote canister is permitted. Cross-connected<br />
shocks are prohibited.<br />
6-2.5 Driver adjustable front and rear anti-roll bars are<br />
permitted. The adjustment mechanism may only<br />
consist of mechanically operated levers acting on<br />
“blade” type adjusters or connector links moving on<br />
the length of the anti-roll bar “leg” or “arm”. When<br />
used, Anti-roll bars must be connected to the<br />
suspension by a solid link. Links may be adjustable<br />
in length but must be a fixed length during on-track<br />
operation. The use of heim joints will be permitted.<br />
No pre-loading of anti-roll bars will be permitted.<br />
6-2.6 Driver, controlled electronic/hydraulic adjustments<br />
of springs and shock absorbers is prohibited.<br />
6-2.7 Materials - Suspension members (A-arms, uprights)<br />
must be made from magnetic steel material. Front<br />
A-arms must be of an anti-intrusion design.<br />
138
6-2.8 Steering Components – Only front steering is<br />
permitted. Rack and pinion only, no bell cranks,<br />
only one tie rod per side from the spindle steering<br />
arm to the steering rack.<br />
6-2.9 Control arms, steering arms and sway bars are free.<br />
SECTION 7 - BRAKES<br />
7-1 Brake Rotors<br />
7-1.1 Only magnetic cast iron or cast steel rotors.<br />
7-1.2 Maximum rotor diameter: OEM diameter (Prep 1) or<br />
355 mm, whichever is greater.<br />
7-1.3 Must be made of magnetic cast iron or cast steel<br />
(ferrous) material.<br />
7-1.4 Minimum rotor diameter: OEM diameter (Prep 1) or<br />
330 mm.<br />
7-2 Brake Calipers –<br />
7-2.1 Only a single <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approved brake caliper of<br />
aluminum alloy, with a maximum of 4 pistons and 2<br />
pads per wheel is permitted. Maximum caliper<br />
stack width is 78mm. front and rear.<br />
7-2.2 Titanium pistons are permitted in brake calipers.<br />
7-2.3 The brake pedal must operate all 4 wheels through<br />
a dual master cylinder system.<br />
7-2.4 Anti-lock/ABS brakes are prohibited.<br />
7-2.5 Prep 1 cars may use approved Prep 2 brake<br />
systems.<br />
7-2.6 Brake hat material must be aluminum or steel alloy.<br />
Titanium and gear driven hats are prohibited. Hat<br />
offset is free.<br />
7-3 Brake Master Cylinders<br />
7-3.1 Master Cylinders are free.<br />
SECTION 8 - FUEL SYSTEM<br />
8-1 Fuel Tanks -<br />
8-1.1 The fuel cell must be located entirely within 26.5” of<br />
the longitudinal centerline of the car. It is recommended<br />
that the fuel cell be mounted above and/or<br />
behind the rear axle assembly. All other installations<br />
require advance approval by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
139
8-1.2 The fuel cell(s) must be separated from the driver<br />
and engine compartment by a metal firewall. Floor<br />
to ceiling bulkheads are prohibited unless in original<br />
configuration.<br />
8-1.3 All fuel cell installations must be approved by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> prior to competition.<br />
8-2 Fittings and Piping -<br />
8-2.1 All fittings in the rubber fuel cell bladder (including<br />
air vents, inlets, outlets, tank fillers, inter-tank<br />
connectors and access openings) must be metal<br />
fittings bonded into the bladder.<br />
8-2.2 Fuel, cooling water or oil lines that pass through the<br />
cockpit must be shielded hose with bulkhead<br />
fittings.<br />
8-2.3 No hydraulic fluid lines may have quick connectors<br />
inside the cockpit.<br />
8-3 Fuel Tank Fillers -<br />
8-3.1 The tank filler and vent must not protrude beyond<br />
the bodywork. The filler/vent must be situated in the<br />
rear deck lid as far rearward as possible.<br />
8-3.2 Fuel Capacity - The maximum fuel capacity is 16.5<br />
gallons. 3 bolts must be drilled that fasten the fuel<br />
cell top cover for sealing purposes.<br />
8-3.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust fuel<br />
capacity.<br />
SECTION 9 - WEIGHT<br />
9-1 Maximum permitted rear weight percentage for frontengine<br />
cars, without fuel and driver, race ready is 51%.<br />
SECTION 10 – MANUFACTURERS<br />
10-1 A Grand-Am supplied windshield banner must be in place on<br />
upper portion of windshield however If car manufacturer is<br />
approved for the Manufacturers Championship, the vehicle<br />
is required to display a manufacturer provided windshield<br />
banner. If engine manufacturer is NOT approved for the<br />
Manufacturers Championship, the vehicle is required to<br />
display a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> supplied windshield banner on front<br />
windscreen.<br />
140
CONTINENTAL TIRE<br />
SPORTS CAR CHALLENGE SERIES<br />
141
CONTINENTAL TIRE SPORTS CAR CHALLENGE<br />
REGULATIONS (“GCR”)<br />
SECTION 1 – PURPOSE<br />
1-1 Purpose - This category is designed to encourage race<br />
competition of standard volume-produced cars and components,<br />
sold in the U.S., to demonstrate the quality and<br />
reliability of various makes and models, and to promote the<br />
performance of drivers, manufacturers and other participants.<br />
SECTION 2 - ELIGIBILITY<br />
2-1 Eligibility – All automobiles, chassis, bodywork and/or<br />
engines presented for competition to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> must be<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> and conform to the<br />
2-1.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will determine and publish a list of<br />
specific eligible makes and models of automobiles.<br />
Eligible cars will ordinarily be those described in<br />
manufacturer’s catalogs, produced at a minimum<br />
rate of 500 units per year, and available for<br />
purchase through normal dealer outlets in the U.S.<br />
30 days or more prior to competing in an Event.<br />
Exemption from minimum production requirements<br />
must be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
2-1.2 Equipment will not be considered as having been<br />
approved by reason of having passed through<br />
inspection unobserved.<br />
2-2 Classes<br />
2-2.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will recognize 2 classes of eligible<br />
makes and models - Grand Sport (GS) and Street<br />
Tuner (ST).<br />
2-2.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may at its own discretion reclassify,<br />
add or delete specific makes and models, or<br />
change specifications.<br />
2-2.3 Cars will remain eligible for competition for 5 years<br />
after the last model goes out of production.<br />
SPECIFICATIONS. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will list on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> website,<br />
the approved cars and Specific Car Regulations for the GS and ST<br />
class (“SCR”) according to the OEM’s make and model designation.<br />
The SCR shall be part of the Regulations and shall govern if a<br />
conflict between the GARR and the GS/ST-GCR occur. For specifications<br />
not adequately described in the Regulations, <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
142
Officials may refer to maintenance manuals, spare part books,<br />
general catalogs, and performance catalogs published by the OEM.<br />
2-3 Recognition/Configuration<br />
2-3.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may use any legitimate forms, publications,<br />
original components and vehicles describing<br />
the production OEM (original equipment manufacturer)<br />
specifications of the eligible makes and<br />
models in order to verify compliance with the<br />
Regulations.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require a competitor to furnish<br />
factory specifications prior to competing.<br />
2-3.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may establish specifications that are<br />
not per the OEM specification.<br />
2-3.3 Each car must conform to the standard configuration<br />
as delivered to U.S. consumers by the OEM<br />
except where these Regulations allow or require<br />
modifications.<br />
2-3.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may require Competitors to exchange<br />
or replace parts with those of another Competitor;<br />
OEM’s replacement part or as otherwise stipulated<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. No modification, alternate component,<br />
or deletion is permitted unless specifically<br />
allowed by these Regulations.<br />
2-3.5 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will publish the required tire sizes for<br />
each eligible make and model on the SCR.<br />
2-3.6 ABS and Traction Control, if used, may only be<br />
OEM for the car unless specified in Section 8.<br />
These systems, if used, must be used in conjunction<br />
with the “as delivered” OEM management<br />
systems. Aftermarket ABS and Traction Control<br />
systems and/or aftermarket ABS and Traction<br />
Control management systems and/or processors<br />
are prohibited.<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may specify an aftermarket ABS unit.<br />
2-3.7 Data Acquisition Systems are permitted. A separate,<br />
visible and traceable wiring harness must be<br />
used for all data acquisition equipment. If used data<br />
acquisition systems must, as a minimum, include<br />
an accurate lap trigger signal, monitor engine RPM,<br />
speed in MPH, physical track map position and<br />
boost pressure (PSIG, on turbo cars).The system<br />
may include engine monitoring functions, (including<br />
oil pressure and temperature, water temperature,<br />
etc.) Additional inputs may only include one longitudinal<br />
and one lateral g load sensor, front and rear<br />
143
ake pressures, 4 wheel speed sensors, steering<br />
input, gear selected, throttle position, and GPS.<br />
(Note: This specifically does not mention chassis<br />
parameters like shock travel, load cells, tire temp.,<br />
brake temp., ride height sensors and other higher<br />
order functions as these are beyond the scope of<br />
the expectations for a GS and/or ST data acquisition<br />
system as determined by the sanctioning<br />
body.)<br />
SECTION 3 - CHASSIS/BODYWORK REGULATIONS<br />
3-1 Drive and Steering -<br />
3-1.1 The automobiles must have 4 wheels not in line.<br />
3-1.2 4-wheel steering is prohibited.<br />
3-2 Added car weight -<br />
3-2.1 All ballast must be carried in a ballast box<br />
constructed of metal with a minimum thickness of<br />
.100 and utilize the passenger seat mounts for<br />
anchoring. The box must fully enclose the ballast<br />
with a top that bolts in place. The ballast must also<br />
be secured inside the ballast box.<br />
3-2.2 It is prohibited to add or remove weight or change<br />
to a lighter component during the race.<br />
3-2.3 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to check vehicle<br />
weight at any time during an Event.<br />
3-2.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust minimum<br />
weights.<br />
SECTION 4 - FUEL CELLS<br />
4-1 Fuel Tank/Cell -<br />
4-1.1 Fuel tanks must remain OEM unless an approved<br />
fuel cell is used.<br />
4-1.2 Safety fuel cell foam is permitted in the OEM fuel<br />
tank.<br />
4-1.3 Fuel cell installation must be approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
4-2 Fuel Fillers/Vents -<br />
4-2.1 Fueling systems must conform to the GAR. Dry<br />
break rigs must use 1.5” hose.<br />
4-2.2 Cars may be fueled using single or double dry<br />
break fueling systems. When using the dry break<br />
system, both the filler and the air vent must be<br />
144
equipped with a leak proof probe dry break<br />
coupling complying with the dead man principle.<br />
The couplings must not incorporate any retaining<br />
device when in an open position. If dual dry break<br />
is used the receptacle must be accessed by<br />
opening the trunk, hatch or OEM fuel door.<br />
4-2.3 Modifications necessary for a dry break fuel system<br />
installation are permitted. OEM fuel doors must be<br />
operational.<br />
4-2.4 Fuel Sample Ports - Competitors must install a fuel<br />
sampling port at or just before the injector rails.<br />
4-3 Fuel Lines -<br />
4-3.1 Standard fuel hoses and lines may be replaced by<br />
armored lines maintaining standard I.D. and<br />
routing.<br />
4-3.2 When flexible, all lines must have threaded connectors<br />
and have armored braid.<br />
4-4 Fuel Capacity -<br />
4-4.1 Any device, system, procedure, construction or<br />
design, the purpose and/or effect of which is any<br />
increase whatsoever, even temporarily, of the total<br />
fuel storage capacity beyond the maximum is<br />
prohibited.<br />
4-4.2 Fuel capacity is listed in the vehicle SCR and<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> reserves the right to adjust the fuel<br />
capacity.<br />
SECTION 5 - MANDATORY SAFETY<br />
EQUIPMENT/MODIFICATIONS<br />
5-1 Roll Cage - All cars must be equipped with a roll cage made<br />
from a minimum of 1.750 X .090 DOM seamless steel tubing<br />
and constructed per normal industry standard. The roll cage<br />
must include a horizontal bar between the main hoop<br />
upright, at shoulder height, to facilitate seat<br />
bracing/mounting. The roll cage structure may not extend<br />
forward beyond the firewall. GS and ST cars present a variety<br />
of different scenarios when it comes to roll cage construction.<br />
Please feel free to contact <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> for clarification.<br />
5-1.1 For GS and ST roadsters, the roll cage specification<br />
is per Sections 10-3.1, 10-3.1-1.1, and 10-3.1-1.2<br />
except for bars #16A, #4A and #8. Bar #6 is<br />
optional.<br />
See GAR Section 10-3.<br />
145
In addition to the driver’s side window net in GS<br />
and ST roadsters, driver arm restraints must be<br />
worn by the driver in such a fashion that the driver<br />
cannot reach within 6” of the top of the roll cage.<br />
5-1.2 Accepted FIA-spec cars may use 40.0 mm X 2.0<br />
mm tubing.<br />
5-2 Glass - The driver and passenger door glass must be<br />
removed. All other greenhouse glass must remain as standard.<br />
All headlight, taillight, side marker and turn signal<br />
lenses must remain as standard unless otherwise allowed to<br />
be removed. Windshield and rear glass supplemental clips or<br />
straps may be added. Tinted glass is prohibited, all windows<br />
may not have any graphic or decal fully or partially covering<br />
them, except for die-cut driver identification and/or required<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> decals. Damaged or cracked windshields or rear<br />
glass are prohibited.<br />
5-3 Other Safety Modifications<br />
5-3.1 Hubcaps, wheel trim, spare wheel, jack and any<br />
tools must be removed.<br />
5-3.2 Air bags and related components must be<br />
removed. Steering wheel locks must be removed.<br />
5-3.3 Wheel lugs may be lengthened up to 2” in order to<br />
accommodate thicker wheels. The lug type is free.<br />
i.e. bolt vs. stud. The lug nut assembly may not<br />
protrude more than 2” from the mounting face or<br />
protrude beyond the outer plane of the wheel.<br />
5-3.4 Catalytic converters must be removed.<br />
SECTION 6 - AUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS<br />
6-1 Standard Components - The following authorized modifications<br />
may be made but are not required. The standard OEM<br />
components may be used at all times.<br />
6-2 Brakes<br />
6-2.1 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may allow a brake upgrade for specific<br />
models. If allowed, only a single 2-piece (split into 2<br />
halves) caliper of aluminum alloy with a maximum<br />
of four pistons and 2 pads per wheel permitted.<br />
6-2.2 The emergency brake system may be removed.<br />
ABS brake components and system may be deactivated<br />
and/or removed. ABS, if used, may only be<br />
OEM system for car unless noted in vehicle SCR for<br />
each car. Aftermarket ABS systems will be limited<br />
146
to either: Tevis system as authorized on BMW M3,<br />
Nissan 370Z and Porsche 997, or Bosch system<br />
as authorized on cars by being specifically listed in<br />
SCR.<br />
6-2.3 Brake rotor dust shields may be modified or<br />
removed.<br />
6-2.4 Fluid or fan cooling of the brakes is prohibited.<br />
6-2.5 Brake pads, brake lines and hoses are free<br />
provided standard I.D. and routing are maintained.<br />
Quick couple brake line connectors are prohibited.<br />
Friction material and backing plate dimensions<br />
must maintain industry standards. Brake pad<br />
backing plates must be steel.<br />
6-2.6 Replacement brake rotors may be used provided<br />
the replacement is of the same material and is<br />
within 5% of the OEM rotor dimensions. If <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> specifies a rotor size it may not be changed.<br />
1-piece rotors may be replaced with 2-piece design<br />
(hat and disc).<br />
6-2.7 Air ducting to the front brakes is permitted either<br />
through the front OEM parking or fog light openings<br />
or the underside of the front bumper. Maximum 2<br />
individual brake ducts front and rear are permitted.<br />
6-2.8 Cars are allowed cockpit brake fluid bias adjustment.<br />
6-3 Shocks, Springs, Suspension<br />
6-3.1 No modifications to suspension components are<br />
allowed unless stated in the SCR.7-3.2 Springs<br />
may be replaced with commercially available aftermarket<br />
or OEM units provided they are used<br />
without modification to any other components.<br />
Coil-over shocks may be used provided OEM pick<br />
up points are utilized. AST (model AST-5220) are<br />
mandatory on all GS and ST cars. The external<br />
unmodified and internal AST components must be<br />
maintained for their respective shocks. (This is to<br />
clarify that no internal parts may be modified by<br />
machining of any kind. Parts must be used as<br />
supplied by AST for their respective shocks, in any<br />
combination.) All GS and ST cars may use only<br />
unmodified parts from the posted parts list. Parts<br />
list will be posted on the <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> website.<br />
6-3.3 Caster and camber adjustments may be made with<br />
approved fitting of camber plates to an allowable<br />
limit of negative 3 degrees or as specified by<br />
147
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Localized modification of shock tower<br />
is permitted to allow installation and obtaining<br />
permitted camber.<br />
6-3.4 Front and rear sway bars may be added or replaced<br />
with aftermarket bolt on sway bars affixed to the<br />
OEM sway bar mounting points.<br />
Welded in sway bars are permitted unless OEM<br />
in which case modifications are prohibited.<br />
Cockpit/driver adjustable sway bars are not<br />
permitted.<br />
6-3.5 Any suspension bushing, sub-frame bushing,<br />
engine mount, transmission mount or differential<br />
mount may be replaced with non metallic substitutes<br />
of the same dimensions that do not require<br />
modification to any other component. The replacement<br />
bushing cannot change / offset the location of<br />
any component.<br />
6-3.6 Unless noted in vehicle SCR no spherical rod ends<br />
or similar applications are permitted with the<br />
exception of shock and sway bar ends.<br />
6-3.7 Offset ball joints may be used for camber adjustment.<br />
6-4 Lights<br />
6-4.1 Standard headlights and parking lights may be<br />
removed and replaced with a plate of identical<br />
shape and size of the lens - for daytime racing only.<br />
OEM headlights must be used when lights are<br />
required.<br />
6-4.2 Standard headlight beams may be replaced with<br />
aftermarket units of equal dimension.<br />
6-4.3 For nighttime events a maximum of 2 front auxiliary<br />
lights may be added in the grill area on the front of<br />
the car.<br />
6-4.4 Daytime running lights and back up lights may be<br />
disconnected.<br />
6-5 Exhaust System<br />
6-5.1 All catalytic converters must be removed unless<br />
otherwise stated.<br />
6-5.2 Exhaust pipes must exit behind the driver and<br />
extend to the perimeter of the bodywork.<br />
6-5.3 The exhaust system on naturally aspirated cars is<br />
free beyond the OEM exhaust manifold.<br />
148
6-6 Turbocharging/Supercharging –<br />
6-6.1 All forced induction vehicles will be assessed an<br />
additional fee when registering for the season, and<br />
install the following sensors:<br />
Boost sensor and plumbing, wiring harness, and<br />
GPS antenna as supplied by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
The boost sensor may be collected by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> at any time to verify calibration and accuracy.<br />
Replacement for monitoring equipment damaged in<br />
use will be the responsibility of the Competitor.<br />
The data acquisition modules will be randomly<br />
assigned by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Only a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
Official may access the information on the unit.<br />
These units must be returned to at the conclusion<br />
of each Event.<br />
6-6.2 Competitors must install a 1/8 NPT (female) port<br />
directly in the intake plenum. This location must be<br />
approved by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. 12vdc power must be<br />
supplied to the data recorder.<br />
6-6.3 Competitors will be required to purchase and properly<br />
install the harness and mounting system<br />
provided by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Competitors will provide<br />
the necessary information and access for <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> to design the wiring harness including providing<br />
taps and connectors for non-driven wheel speed<br />
sensor, (Note: All-wheel drive cars will have the<br />
position of the wheel speed sensor determined by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>), RPM feed, independent intake manifold<br />
pressure sensor, and throttle position sensor<br />
(Note: An existing 0-5V sensor is acceptable for<br />
TPS, otherwise one will need to be installed by the<br />
competitor).<br />
This harness must remain unmodified and unaltered<br />
in any way. Any repairs must be completed<br />
under the direct supervision of an Official. <strong>GRAND</strong>-<br />
<strong>AM</strong> may require replacement rather than<br />
authorizing any repair or addition.<br />
6-6.4 All eligible turbocharged/supercharged cars must<br />
compete using the standard OEM production<br />
intake and exhaust system excluding the catalytic<br />
converters and mufflers. Once removed, a replacement<br />
pipe of the OEM diameter must be installed in<br />
place of the catalytic converters and mufflers.<br />
6-6.5 Cars will be required to use a <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>-supplied<br />
data logger<br />
6-6.6 Supercharged cars must use OEM pulleys<br />
149
6-6.7 Any device that controls boost levels other than the<br />
production parts are prohibited unless mandated<br />
by <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
6-6.8 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may mandate a mechanical boost<br />
control.<br />
6-6.9 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> may establish alternate boost parameters<br />
for turbocharged and supercharged cars at<br />
Events. Specified boost limits are based on sea<br />
level. GS and ST class boost limits will be adjusted<br />
on a sliding scale per Event for locations above<br />
250’ of average elevation change from sea level<br />
6-6.9.1 Altitude correction formula for<br />
turbocharged vehicles: ((Base limit x (1-<br />
((Altitude/1000) x .036)))<br />
6-6.9.2 Altitude for Tracks<br />
• Austin, Texas = 500’<br />
• Barber = 625’<br />
• Indianapolis = 730’<br />
• Kansas Speedway = 975’<br />
• Lime Rock = 550’<br />
• Mazda Raceway = 830’<br />
• Mid-Ohio = 1375’<br />
• Road America = 980’<br />
• Road Atlanta = 975’<br />
• Watkins Glen = 1600’<br />
Tracks not listed are not affected by the compensation.<br />
6-6.10 Competitors must provide a mounting for the<br />
recorder box. The recorder must be mounted in the<br />
cockpit in a location accessible for download<br />
during pit stops.<br />
6-7 Other Items Which May Be Substituted<br />
6-7.1 Spark plugs, wires, distributors, ignition wiring and<br />
batteries. Batteries must be of the same minimum<br />
standard dimension of 10” long X 6.7” wide X 7.6”<br />
tall. Batteries may not exceed the dimension of the<br />
production battery for the car. Battery must be<br />
standard OEM size as delivered or the above<br />
minimum standard dimension.<br />
6-7.2 Filters, fluids, lubricants<br />
6-7.3 Belts, pulleys, hoses, wiper blades<br />
6-7.4 Inside mirrors, fittings, nuts, bolts and fasteners<br />
6-7.5 Gaskets, bearings, piston rings. Replacement head<br />
gasket must be OEM thickness.<br />
6-7.6 Fuel pressure regulators and fuel injectors<br />
150
6-7.7 Radiators – Standard ducting must be retained with<br />
no additions or changes. Areas that are left “open”<br />
by the removal of items authorized in Section 7-12<br />
and openings in the original duct may be closed<br />
only by small, independent and flat pieces of metal<br />
or plastic affixed to the original duct. These pieces<br />
may have a flange of no more than 3/8” but may not<br />
have any other bends for any reason. Production<br />
radiator duct may be sealed to front of radiator with<br />
foam rubber to close the gap.<br />
6-8 Engine<br />
6-8.1 Engine management systems may be replaced with<br />
non-OEM systems with <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> approval. GS<br />
and ST cars that choose to use an aftermarket ECU<br />
must use the SPEC Bosch Ms4.3 ECU and wiring<br />
harness. Spec ECU and wiring harnesses cannot<br />
be modified in any way.<br />
6-8.2 The following components may be tooled enough<br />
for balancing only - pistons, rods, crankshaft,<br />
harmonic balancer, flywheel and clutch.<br />
6-8.3 The lightest rod and piston must remain unaltered.<br />
6-8.4 The crankshaft and harmonic balancer may weigh<br />
no less than the OEM specification.<br />
6-8.5 Aftermarket pistons may be used provided they<br />
remain identical in weight, dimension and form.<br />
6-8.6 Allowed to overbore block up to .030 maximum.<br />
6-8.7 The oil pan and oil pick up may be modified (not the<br />
pump)<br />
6-8.8 Engine oil Accu-sump system and valve is<br />
permitted.<br />
6-8.9 All pushrod engines may use aftermarket blueprinted<br />
or adjustable length pushrods, provided<br />
they are of the same material and configuration of<br />
the original.<br />
6-8.10 Other items that may be replaced include cam<br />
gears, sprockets and chains.<br />
6-8.11 The airbox and air filter are free on normally aspirated<br />
cars unless otherwise specified by<br />
<strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>. Ram air induction is prohibited.<br />
6-8.12 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will provide restrictors when required.<br />
Competitors will be responsible for gaskets and<br />
bolts to attach the restrictors. Return of the restrictors<br />
is mandatory following each Event or fines will<br />
be imposed.<br />
151
6-9 Steering Wheel/Steering System<br />
6-9.1 The steering wheel may be replaced with any nonwood<br />
steering wheel.<br />
6-9.2 Steering wheel locks must be removed.<br />
6-9.3 All air bags must be removed.<br />
6-9.4 Power steering must be retained, if so equipped.<br />
6-9.5 Quick release steering wheel adapters are<br />
permitted with Prior approval form <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong>.<br />
6-10 Doors/Hood/Body Shell<br />
6-10.1 Seam welding is permitted provided no metal is<br />
added.<br />
6-10.2 Jacking points are permitted. 4 plates not<br />
exceeding 30 sq. in. may be added. Air jacks may<br />
not be used at any time.<br />
6-10.3 Hood and trunk pins must be installed with a cable<br />
attaching the pin to the car. Original hood and trunk<br />
latches must be removed. There must be a<br />
minimum of 2 pins or latches on hood and trunk.<br />
6-10.4 Original door latches must function as originally<br />
installed.<br />
6-10.5 Doors must remain unlocked at all times. The standard<br />
door locks must be removed.<br />
6-10.6 A metal panel of equal size and shape must replace<br />
the transparent portion of a factory-installed<br />
sunroof. Sunroof slide mechanism may be<br />
removed.<br />
6-10.7 It is permitted to install a removable strut between<br />
the opposite strut tower points, front or rear, (all<br />
classes) and permissible to run 2 symmetrical rearward<br />
running struts from the shock towers to the<br />
center of the front firewall.<br />
6-10.8 It is permitted to remove inside bracing and panels<br />
from the doors.<br />
6-10.9 Driver cooling ducts are permitted in each open<br />
side window provided they do not extend beyond<br />
the inner plane of the window. Duct and mounting<br />
surround size is 10” long by 6” high.<br />
6-11 Ride Height/Track -<br />
6-11.1 Minimum ride height is 3.5” measured anywhere on<br />
the car.<br />
6-11.2 Tires and wheels must be inside the bodywork from<br />
axle centerline up as viewed from above.<br />
152
6-12 Items That May Be Removed<br />
6-12.1 Air conditioners, compressors, hoses, condenser,<br />
cruise control and related components may be<br />
removed.<br />
6-12.2 Radios, antennas, and stereo system components<br />
may be removed provided a metal plate covers the<br />
remaining hole.<br />
6-12.3 Inner fender liners may be removed.<br />
6-12.4 Sun visors may be removed. Interior headliners,<br />
carpeting, passenger and rear seats, trim panels,<br />
center consoles, inner front door panels and door<br />
winding mechanisms may be removed.<br />
6-13 Gearbox, Differential, Drive train<br />
6-13.1 Driveshaft - On front-engine rear-wheel drive vehicles,<br />
a sturdy metal strap must be mounted to the<br />
chassis to prevent the drive shaft from leaving the<br />
vehicle in the Event of drive shaft coupling failure.<br />
6-13.2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will approve an aftermarket manual<br />
transmission, listed in the SCR, for makes and<br />
models available only with an automatic transmission.<br />
6-13.3 Only manual transmissions are permitted.<br />
6-13.4 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will specify any alternate gear ratios in<br />
the SCR.<br />
6-13.5 Limited slip or posi-traction differentials are<br />
permitted.<br />
6-13.6 On manual transmission models, the clutch may be<br />
replaced with an aftermarket clutch that is interchangeable<br />
(using the same mounting holes) and<br />
the same dimension of the OEM component.<br />
6-13.7 Original flywheel/clutch assembly may be replaced<br />
with an aftermarket assembly provided it is within<br />
80% of the weight of the original and utilizes the<br />
OEM starter motor.<br />
6-13.8 Installation of a ballistic flywheel/transmission<br />
blanket is recommended.<br />
6-14 Tires<br />
6-14.1 Official Tire - The Official Tire for the GS and ST<br />
classes is the Continental Tire performance radial<br />
tire. No other tire may be used. Contact:<br />
Continental Tire, www.continentalrace.com TIRES<br />
MUST BE ORDERED 2 WEEKS PRIOR TO THE<br />
EVENT.<br />
153
SECTION 7 - VEHICLE ELIGIBILITY AND NOTES<br />
7-1 New model or vehicle eligibility requests may be made<br />
directly to <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> at anytime. New approvals will not be<br />
eligible for competition until such time as <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong><br />
publishes a bulletin listing any new additions.<br />
7-2 <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> will approve cars for competition based on findings<br />
that determine a cars capability to be competitive.<br />
7-3 The appropriate <strong>GRAND</strong>-<strong>AM</strong> supplied windshield banner<br />
must be in place on upper portion of windshield. If car manufacturer<br />
is approved for the Manufacturers Championship,<br />
the vehicle is required to display manufacturer provided<br />
decals on each side of the windshield banner. If car manufacturer<br />
is NOT approved for the Manufacturer Championship,<br />
the vehicle is required to display Continental Tire Sports Car<br />
series decals on each side of the windshield banner.<br />
http://www.grand-am.com/news/index.cfm?cid=13517&rr=no<br />
154
7-3 Grand Sport (GS)<br />
GS Car<br />
Aston Martin Vantage<br />
Audi S4<br />
BMW M3 E92 2 door<br />
Chevrolet Camaro<br />
Dodge Challenger<br />
Ford Mustang FR500C 5.0 2009<br />
Ford Mustang Boss 302R<br />
Nissan 370Z (3.7)<br />
Porsche 997 Carrera S (3.8) 2008<br />
Porsche 997 Carrera S (3.8) Direct Injected<br />
Porsche Cayman S 3.4 L<br />
Subaru WRX STi<br />
7-4 Street Tuner (ST)<br />
ST Car<br />
Audi TT 3.2 L AWD<br />
Acura TSX L 2.4 L 2008<br />
BMW 128i (3.0)<br />
BMW 328i (E90) 4 Door<br />
BMW 328i (F30) 4 Door<br />
Chevrolet Cobalt SS (2.0) 2008<br />
Ford Focus ST<br />
Honda Accord<br />
Honda Civic Si (2.0) USDM 2011<br />
Honda Civic Si 2DR & 4DR JDM 2011<br />
Honda Civic Si 2.4L<br />
Hyundai Genesis<br />
Kia Forte Koup<br />
Mazda Speed 3<br />
Mazda MX 5 Miata<br />
Mazda 6 (3.0) 2008<br />
Mazda RX8 2011<br />
Mercedes C300 Sport Sedan<br />
Nissan Altima V6<br />
Porsche Boxster (2.7) 987 based 2008<br />
Scion TC 2009<br />
Scion FR-S<br />
Subaru BR-Z<br />
155
Subaru Legacy Spec B Sedan (2.5) 6 speed 2009<br />
Volkswagen GTI (MK5) 2.0 2009<br />
Volkswagen Jetta Gli (A5) 2009<br />
Volkswagen GTI (MK6) 2.0<br />
Volkswagon Jetta (A6) 2.0<br />
156